##// END OF EJS Templates
i18n-zh_TW: split messages into paragraphs
Martin Geisler -
r11401:3bc892f7 default
parent child Browse files
Show More
This diff has been collapsed as it changes many lines, (5637 lines changed) Show them Hide them
@@ -2,7 +2,7 b''
2 # Copyright (C) 2009 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> and others
2 # Copyright (C) 2009 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> and others
3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mercurial package.
3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mercurial package.
4 # Chia-Huan Wu <willie.tw@gmail.com>, 2009.
4 # Chia-Huan Wu <willie.tw@gmail.com>, 2009.
5 #
5 #
6 msgid ""
6 msgid ""
7 msgstr ""
7 msgstr ""
8 "Project-Id-Version: Mercurial\n"
8 "Project-Id-Version: Mercurial\n"
@@ -26,27 +26,25 b' msgid "COMMANDS"'
26 msgstr "命令"
26 msgstr "命令"
27
27
28 #, fuzzy
28 #, fuzzy
29 msgid ""
29 msgid " options:"
30 " options:\n"
31 "\n"
32 msgstr " 選項: \n"
30 msgstr " 選項: \n"
33
31
34 #, python-format
32 #, python-format
35 msgid ""
33 msgid " aliases: %s"
36 " aliases: %s\n"
34 msgstr " 別名: %s"
37 "\n"
35
38 msgstr ""
36 msgid "Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:"
39 " 別名: %s\n"
37 msgstr ""
40 "\n"
38
41
39 msgid ""
42 msgid ""
43 "Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:\n"
44 "\n"
45 "- backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n"
40 "- backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n"
46 "- log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.\n"
41 "- log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date."
47 "\n"
42 msgstr ""
48 "Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples::\n"
43
49 "\n"
44 msgid "Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples::"
45 msgstr ""
46
47 msgid ""
50 " \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (local timezone assumed)\n"
48 " \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (local timezone assumed)\n"
51 " \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (year assumed, time offset provided)\n"
49 " \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (year assumed, time offset provided)\n"
52 " \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n"
50 " \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n"
@@ -59,19 +57,26 b' msgid ""'
59 " \"2006-12-6\"\n"
57 " \"2006-12-6\"\n"
60 " \"12-6\"\n"
58 " \"12-6\"\n"
61 " \"12/6\"\n"
59 " \"12/6\"\n"
62 " \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)\n"
60 " \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)"
63 "\n"
61 msgstr ""
64 "Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format::\n"
62
65 "\n"
63 msgid "Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format::"
66 " \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)\n"
64 msgstr ""
67 "\n"
65
66 msgid " \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)"
67 msgstr ""
68
69 msgid ""
68 "This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is the\n"
70 "This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is the\n"
69 "number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). offset is\n"
71 "number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). offset is\n"
70 "the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC (negative if\n"
72 "the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC (negative if\n"
71 "the timezone is east of UTC).\n"
73 "the timezone is east of UTC)."
72 "\n"
74 msgstr ""
73 "The log command also accepts date ranges::\n"
75
74 "\n"
76 msgid "The log command also accepts date ranges::"
77 msgstr ""
78
79 msgid ""
75 " \"<{datetime}\" - at or before a given date/time\n"
80 " \"<{datetime}\" - at or before a given date/time\n"
76 " \">{datetime}\" - on or after a given date/time\n"
81 " \">{datetime}\" - on or after a given date/time\n"
77 " \"{datetime} to {datetime}\" - a date range, inclusive\n"
82 " \"{datetime} to {datetime}\" - a date range, inclusive\n"
@@ -81,29 +86,39 b' msgstr ""'
81 msgid ""
86 msgid ""
82 "Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two versions of\n"
87 "Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two versions of\n"
83 "a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU diff, which can be\n"
88 "a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU diff, which can be\n"
84 "used by GNU patch and many other standard tools.\n"
89 "used by GNU patch and many other standard tools."
85 "\n"
90 msgstr ""
91
92 msgid ""
86 "While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n"
93 "While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n"
87 "following information:\n"
94 "following information:"
88 "\n"
95 msgstr ""
96
97 msgid ""
89 "- executable status and other permission bits\n"
98 "- executable status and other permission bits\n"
90 "- copy or rename information\n"
99 "- copy or rename information\n"
91 "- changes in binary files\n"
100 "- changes in binary files\n"
92 "- creation or deletion of empty files\n"
101 "- creation or deletion of empty files"
93 "\n"
102 msgstr ""
103
104 msgid ""
94 "Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n"
105 "Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n"
95 "which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not produced\n"
106 "which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not produced\n"
96 "by default because a few widespread tools still do not understand this\n"
107 "by default because a few widespread tools still do not understand this\n"
97 "format.\n"
108 "format."
98 "\n"
109 msgstr ""
110
111 msgid ""
99 "This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n"
112 "This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n"
100 "(e.g. with \"hg export\"), you should be careful about things like file\n"
113 "(e.g. with \"hg export\"), you should be careful about things like file\n"
101 "copies and renames or other things mentioned above, because when\n"
114 "copies and renames or other things mentioned above, because when\n"
102 "applying a standard diff to a different repository, this extra\n"
115 "applying a standard diff to a different repository, this extra\n"
103 "information is lost. Mercurial's internal operations (like push and\n"
116 "information is lost. Mercurial's internal operations (like push and\n"
104 "pull) are not affected by this, because they use an internal binary\n"
117 "pull) are not affected by this, because they use an internal binary\n"
105 "format for communicating changes.\n"
118 "format for communicating changes."
106 "\n"
119 msgstr ""
120
121 msgid ""
107 "To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the --git\n"
122 "To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the --git\n"
108 "option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in the [diff]\n"
123 "option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in the [diff]\n"
109 "section of your hgrc. You do not need to set this option when\n"
124 "section of your hgrc. You do not need to set this option when\n"
@@ -116,74 +131,98 b' msgid ""'
116 " hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is\n"
131 " hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is\n"
117 " the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named\n"
132 " the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named\n"
118 " 'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on\n"
133 " 'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on\n"
119 " Windows) is searched.\n"
134 " Windows) is searched."
120 "\n"
135 msgstr ""
136
137 msgid ""
121 "HGEDITOR\n"
138 "HGEDITOR\n"
122 " This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR.\n"
139 " This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR."
123 "\n"
140 msgstr ""
124 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
141
125 "\n"
142 msgid " (deprecated, use .hgrc)"
143 msgstr ""
144
145 msgid ""
126 "HGENCODING\n"
146 "HGENCODING\n"
127 " This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n"
147 " This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n"
128 " This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n"
148 " This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n"
129 " changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n"
149 " changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n"
130 " be overridden with the --encoding command-line option.\n"
150 " be overridden with the --encoding command-line option."
131 "\n"
151 msgstr ""
152
153 msgid ""
132 "HGENCODINGMODE\n"
154 "HGENCODINGMODE\n"
133 " This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n"
155 " This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n"
134 " while transcoding user input. The default is \"strict\", which\n"
156 " while transcoding user input. The default is \"strict\", which\n"
135 " causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other\n"
157 " causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other\n"
136 " settings include \"replace\", which replaces unknown characters, and\n"
158 " settings include \"replace\", which replaces unknown characters, and\n"
137 " \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n"
159 " \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n"
138 " the --encodingmode command-line option.\n"
160 " the --encodingmode command-line option."
139 "\n"
161 msgstr ""
162
163 msgid ""
140 "HGMERGE\n"
164 "HGMERGE\n"
141 " An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n"
165 " An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n"
142 " will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n"
166 " will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n"
143 " ancestor file.\n"
167 " ancestor file."
144 "\n"
168 msgstr ""
145 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
169
146 "\n"
170 msgid ""
147 "HGRCPATH\n"
171 "HGRCPATH\n"
148 " A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item\n"
172 " A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item\n"
149 " separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,\n"
173 " separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,\n"
150 " platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc\n"
174 " platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc\n"
151 " from the current repository is read.\n"
175 " from the current repository is read."
152 "\n"
176 msgstr ""
153 " For each element in HGRCPATH:\n"
177
154 "\n"
178 msgid " For each element in HGRCPATH:"
179 msgstr ""
180
181 msgid ""
155 " - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n"
182 " - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n"
156 " - otherwise, the file itself will be added\n"
183 " - otherwise, the file itself will be added"
157 "\n"
184 msgstr ""
185
186 msgid ""
158 "HGUSER\n"
187 "HGUSER\n"
159 " This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,\n"
188 " This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,\n"
160 " available values will be considered in this order:\n"
189 " available values will be considered in this order:"
161 "\n"
190 msgstr ""
191
192 msgid ""
162 " - HGUSER (deprecated)\n"
193 " - HGUSER (deprecated)\n"
163 " - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH\n"
194 " - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH\n"
164 " - EMAIL\n"
195 " - EMAIL\n"
165 " - interactive prompt\n"
196 " - interactive prompt\n"
166 " - LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)\n"
197 " - LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)"
167 "\n"
198 msgstr ""
168 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
199
169 "\n"
200 msgid ""
170 "EMAIL\n"
201 "EMAIL\n"
171 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.\n"
202 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
172 "\n"
203 msgstr ""
204
205 msgid ""
173 "LOGNAME\n"
206 "LOGNAME\n"
174 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.\n"
207 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
175 "\n"
208 msgstr ""
209
210 msgid ""
176 "VISUAL\n"
211 "VISUAL\n"
177 " This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR.\n"
212 " This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR."
178 "\n"
213 msgstr ""
214
215 msgid ""
179 "EDITOR\n"
216 "EDITOR\n"
180 " Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a\n"
217 " Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a\n"
181 " user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The\n"
218 " user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The\n"
182 " editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n"
219 " editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n"
183 " variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first\n"
220 " variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first\n"
184 " non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n"
221 " non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n"
185 " defaults to 'vi'.\n"
222 " defaults to 'vi'."
186 "\n"
223 msgstr ""
224
225 msgid ""
187 "PYTHONPATH\n"
226 "PYTHONPATH\n"
188 " This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be\n"
227 " This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be\n"
189 " set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n"
228 " set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n"
@@ -193,31 +232,44 b' msgid ""'
193 "Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of\n"
232 "Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of\n"
194 "extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to\n"
233 "extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to\n"
195 "existing commands, change the default behavior of commands, or\n"
234 "existing commands, change the default behavior of commands, or\n"
196 "implement hooks.\n"
235 "implement hooks."
197 "\n"
236 msgstr ""
237
238 msgid ""
198 "Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n"
239 "Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n"
199 "they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced\n"
240 "they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced\n"
200 "usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such\n"
241 "usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such\n"
201 "as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready\n"
242 "as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready\n"
202 "for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock\n"
243 "for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock\n"
203 "Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as\n"
244 "Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as\n"
204 "needed.\n"
245 "needed."
205 "\n"
246 msgstr ""
247
248 msgid ""
206 "To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in\n"
249 "To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in\n"
207 "the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like\n"
250 "the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like\n"
208 "this::\n"
251 "this::"
209 "\n"
252 msgstr ""
253
254 msgid ""
210 " [extensions]\n"
255 " [extensions]\n"
211 " foo =\n"
256 " foo ="
212 "\n"
257 msgstr ""
213 "You may also specify the full path to an extension::\n"
258
214 "\n"
259 msgid "You may also specify the full path to an extension::"
260 msgstr ""
261
262 msgid ""
215 " [extensions]\n"
263 " [extensions]\n"
216 " myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py\n"
264 " myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py"
217 "\n"
265 msgstr ""
266
267 msgid ""
218 "To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader\n"
268 "To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader\n"
219 "scope, prepend its path with !::\n"
269 "scope, prepend its path with !::"
220 "\n"
270 msgstr ""
271
272 msgid ""
221 " [extensions]\n"
273 " [extensions]\n"
222 " # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
274 " # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
223 " bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
275 " bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
@@ -228,89 +280,126 b' msgstr ""'
228 msgid ""
280 msgid ""
229 "When Mercurial accepts more than one revision, they may be specified\n"
281 "When Mercurial accepts more than one revision, they may be specified\n"
230 "individually, or provided as a topologically continuous range,\n"
282 "individually, or provided as a topologically continuous range,\n"
231 "separated by the \":\" character.\n"
283 "separated by the \":\" character."
232 "\n"
284 msgstr ""
285
286 msgid ""
233 "The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END are\n"
287 "The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END are\n"
234 "revision identifiers. Both BEGIN and END are optional. If BEGIN is not\n"
288 "revision identifiers. Both BEGIN and END are optional. If BEGIN is not\n"
235 "specified, it defaults to revision number 0. If END is not specified,\n"
289 "specified, it defaults to revision number 0. If END is not specified,\n"
236 "it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus means \"all revisions\".\n"
290 "it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus means \"all revisions\"."
237 "\n"
291 msgstr ""
238 "If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse order.\n"
292
239 "\n"
293 msgid "If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse order."
294 msgstr ""
295
296 msgid ""
240 "A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n"
297 "A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n"
241 "gives 3, 4 and 5. Similarly, a range of 9:6 gives 9, 8, 7, and 6.\n"
298 "gives 3, 4 and 5. Similarly, a range of 9:6 gives 9, 8, 7, and 6.\n"
242 msgstr ""
299 msgstr ""
243
300
244 msgid ""
301 msgid ""
245 "Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more files\n"
302 "Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more files\n"
246 "at a time.\n"
303 "at a time."
247 "\n"
304 msgstr ""
305
306 msgid ""
248 "By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended glob\n"
307 "By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended glob\n"
249 "patterns.\n"
308 "patterns."
250 "\n"
309 msgstr ""
251 "Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly.\n"
310
252 "\n"
311 msgid "Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly."
312 msgstr ""
313
314 msgid ""
253 "To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it with\n"
315 "To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it with\n"
254 "``path:``. These path names must completely match starting at the\n"
316 "``path:``. These path names must completely match starting at the\n"
255 "current repository root.\n"
317 "current repository root."
256 "\n"
318 msgstr ""
319
320 msgid ""
257 "To use an extended glob, start a name with ``glob:``. Globs are rooted\n"
321 "To use an extended glob, start a name with ``glob:``. Globs are rooted\n"
258 "at the current directory; a glob such as ``*.c`` will only match files\n"
322 "at the current directory; a glob such as ``*.c`` will only match files\n"
259 "in the current directory ending with ``.c``.\n"
323 "in the current directory ending with ``.c``."
260 "\n"
324 msgstr ""
325
326 msgid ""
261 "The supported glob syntax extensions are ``**`` to match any string\n"
327 "The supported glob syntax extensions are ``**`` to match any string\n"
262 "across path separators and ``{a,b}`` to mean \"a or b\".\n"
328 "across path separators and ``{a,b}`` to mean \"a or b\"."
263 "\n"
329 msgstr ""
330
331 msgid ""
264 "To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with ``re:``.\n"
332 "To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with ``re:``.\n"
265 "Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository.\n"
333 "Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository."
266 "\n"
334 msgstr ""
267 "Plain examples::\n"
335
268 "\n"
336 msgid "Plain examples::"
337 msgstr ""
338
339 msgid ""
269 " path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root\n"
340 " path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root\n"
270 " of the repository\n"
341 " of the repository\n"
271 " path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\"\n"
342 " path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\""
272 "\n"
343 msgstr ""
273 "Glob examples::\n"
344
274 "\n"
345 msgid "Glob examples::"
346 msgstr ""
347
348 msgid ""
275 " glob:*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
349 " glob:*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
276 " *.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
350 " *.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
277 " **.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n"
351 " **.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n"
278 " current directory including itself.\n"
352 " current directory including itself.\n"
279 " foo/*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n"
353 " foo/*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n"
280 " foo/**.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n"
354 " foo/**.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n"
281 " including itself.\n"
355 " including itself."
282 "\n"
356 msgstr ""
283 "Regexp examples::\n"
357
284 "\n"
358 msgid "Regexp examples::"
285 " re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n"
359 msgstr ""
286 msgstr ""
360
287
361 msgid " re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n"
288 msgid ""
362 msgstr ""
289 "Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions.\n"
363
290 "\n"
364 msgid "Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions."
365 msgstr ""
366
367 msgid ""
291 "A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are\n"
368 "A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are\n"
292 "treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip,\n"
369 "treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip,\n"
293 "-2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth.\n"
370 "-2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth."
294 "\n"
371 msgstr ""
372
373 msgid ""
295 "A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n"
374 "A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n"
296 "identifier.\n"
375 "identifier."
297 "\n"
376 msgstr ""
377
378 msgid ""
298 "A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n"
379 "A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n"
299 "unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form\n"
380 "unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form\n"
300 "identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix\n"
381 "identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix\n"
301 "of exactly one full-length identifier.\n"
382 "of exactly one full-length identifier."
302 "\n"
383 msgstr ""
384
385 msgid ""
303 "Any other string is treated as a tag or branch name. A tag name is a\n"
386 "Any other string is treated as a tag or branch name. A tag name is a\n"
304 "symbolic name associated with a revision identifier. A branch name\n"
387 "symbolic name associated with a revision identifier. A branch name\n"
305 "denotes the tipmost revision of that branch. Tag and branch names must\n"
388 "denotes the tipmost revision of that branch. Tag and branch names must\n"
306 "not contain the \":\" character.\n"
389 "not contain the \":\" character."
307 "\n"
390 msgstr ""
391
392 msgid ""
308 "The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies the\n"
393 "The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies the\n"
309 "most recent revision.\n"
394 "most recent revision."
310 "\n"
395 msgstr ""
396
397 msgid ""
311 "The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n"
398 "The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n"
312 "revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0.\n"
399 "revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0."
313 "\n"
400 msgstr ""
401
402 msgid ""
314 "The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If no\n"
403 "The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If no\n"
315 "working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an\n"
404 "working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an\n"
316 "uncommitted merge is in progress, \".\" is the revision of the first\n"
405 "uncommitted merge is in progress, \".\" is the revision of the first\n"
@@ -321,27 +410,40 b' msgid ""'
321 "Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n"
410 "Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n"
322 "templates. You can either pass in a template from the command\n"
411 "templates. You can either pass in a template from the command\n"
323 "line, via the --template option, or select an existing\n"
412 "line, via the --template option, or select an existing\n"
324 "template-style (--style).\n"
413 "template-style (--style)."
325 "\n"
414 msgstr ""
415
416 msgid ""
326 "You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log,\n"
417 "You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log,\n"
327 "outgoing, incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog.\n"
418 "outgoing, incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog."
328 "\n"
419 msgstr ""
420
421 msgid ""
329 "Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n"
422 "Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n"
330 "when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.\n"
423 "when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.\n"
331 "Usage::\n"
424 "Usage::"
332 "\n"
425 msgstr ""
333 " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog\n"
426
334 "\n"
427 msgid " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog"
428 msgstr ""
429
430 msgid ""
335 "A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable\n"
431 "A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable\n"
336 "expansion::\n"
432 "expansion::"
337 "\n"
433 msgstr ""
434
435 msgid ""
338 " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
436 " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
339 " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746\n"
437 " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746"
340 "\n"
438 msgstr ""
439
440 msgid ""
341 "Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of\n"
441 "Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of\n"
342 "keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These\n"
442 "keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These\n"
343 "keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:\n"
443 "keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:"
344 "\n"
444 msgstr ""
445
446 msgid ""
345 ":author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.\n"
447 ":author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.\n"
346 ":branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset\n"
448 ":branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset\n"
347 " was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was\n"
449 " was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was\n"
@@ -365,19 +467,26 b' msgid ""'
365 " changeset.\n"
467 " changeset.\n"
366 ":latesttag: String. Most recent global tag in the ancestors of this\n"
468 ":latesttag: String. Most recent global tag in the ancestors of this\n"
367 " changeset.\n"
469 " changeset.\n"
368 ":latesttagdistance: Integer. Longest path to the latest tag.\n"
470 ":latesttagdistance: Integer. Longest path to the latest tag."
369 "\n"
471 msgstr ""
472
473 msgid ""
370 "The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n"
474 "The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n"
371 "want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process\n"
475 "want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process\n"
372 "it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input\n"
476 "it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input\n"
373 "variable. You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired\n"
477 "variable. You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired\n"
374 "output::\n"
478 "output::"
375 "\n"
479 msgstr ""
480
481 msgid ""
376 " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
482 " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
377 " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000\n"
483 " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000"
378 "\n"
484 msgstr ""
379 "List of filters:\n"
485
380 "\n"
486 msgid "List of filters:"
487 msgstr ""
488
489 msgid ""
381 ":addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n"
490 ":addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n"
382 " every line except the last.\n"
491 " every line except the last.\n"
383 ":age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference\n"
492 ":age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference\n"
@@ -433,113 +542,160 b' msgid ""'
433 " address.\n"
542 " address.\n"
434 msgstr ""
543 msgstr ""
435
544
436 msgid ""
545 msgid "Valid URLs are of the form::"
437 "Valid URLs are of the form::\n"
546 msgstr ""
438 "\n"
547
548 msgid ""
439 " local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
549 " local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
440 " file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
550 " file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
441 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
551 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
442 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
552 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
443 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
553 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]"
444 "\n"
554 msgstr ""
555
556 msgid ""
445 "Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n"
557 "Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n"
446 "repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg\n"
558 "repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg\n"
447 "incoming --bundle').\n"
559 "incoming --bundle')."
448 "\n"
560 msgstr ""
561
562 msgid ""
449 "An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag, or\n"
563 "An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag, or\n"
450 "changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help\n"
564 "changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help\n"
451 "revisions'.\n"
565 "revisions'."
452 "\n"
566 msgstr ""
567
568 msgid ""
453 "Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are only\n"
569 "Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are only\n"
454 "possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote Mercurial\n"
570 "possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote Mercurial\n"
455 "server.\n"
571 "server."
456 "\n"
572 msgstr ""
457 "Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:\n"
573
458 "\n"
574 msgid "Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:"
575 msgstr ""
576
577 msgid ""
459 "- SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination machine\n"
578 "- SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination machine\n"
460 " and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as remotecmd.\n"
579 " and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as remotecmd.\n"
461 "- path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default. Use\n"
580 "- path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default. Use\n"
462 " an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path::\n"
581 " an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path::"
463 "\n"
582 msgstr ""
464 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
583
465 "\n"
584 msgid " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository"
585 msgstr ""
586
587 msgid ""
466 "- Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right thing\n"
588 "- Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right thing\n"
467 " to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::\n"
589 " to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::"
468 "\n"
590 msgstr ""
591
592 msgid ""
469 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
593 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
470 " Compression no\n"
594 " Compression no\n"
471 " Host *\n"
595 " Host *\n"
472 " Compression yes\n"
596 " Compression yes"
473 "\n"
597 msgstr ""
598
599 msgid ""
474 " Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your hgrc or\n"
600 " Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your hgrc or\n"
475 " with the --ssh command line option.\n"
601 " with the --ssh command line option."
476 "\n"
602 msgstr ""
603
604 msgid ""
477 "These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under the\n"
605 "These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under the\n"
478 "[paths] section like so::\n"
606 "[paths] section like so::"
479 "\n"
607 msgstr ""
608
609 msgid ""
480 " [paths]\n"
610 " [paths]\n"
481 " alias1 = URL1\n"
611 " alias1 = URL1\n"
482 " alias2 = URL2\n"
612 " alias2 = URL2\n"
483 " ...\n"
613 " ..."
484 "\n"
614 msgstr ""
615
616 msgid ""
485 "You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for\n"
617 "You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for\n"
486 "example 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path).\n"
618 "example 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path)."
487 "\n"
619 msgstr ""
620
621 msgid ""
488 "Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults when\n"
622 "Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults when\n"
489 "you do not provide the URL to a command:\n"
623 "you do not provide the URL to a command:"
490 "\n"
624 msgstr ""
625
626 msgid ""
491 "default:\n"
627 "default:\n"
492 " When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command saves\n"
628 " When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command saves\n"
493 " the location of the source repository as the new repository's\n"
629 " the location of the source repository as the new repository's\n"
494 " 'default' path. This is then used when you omit path from push- and\n"
630 " 'default' path. This is then used when you omit path from push- and\n"
495 " pull-like commands (including incoming and outgoing).\n"
631 " pull-like commands (including incoming and outgoing)."
496 "\n"
632 msgstr ""
633
634 msgid ""
497 "default-push:\n"
635 "default-push:\n"
498 " The push command will look for a path named 'default-push', and\n"
636 " The push command will look for a path named 'default-push', and\n"
499 " prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n"
637 " prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n"
500 msgstr ""
638 msgstr ""
501
639
502 msgid ""
640 msgid "hooks for controlling repository access"
503 "hooks for controlling repository access\n"
641 msgstr ""
504 "\n"
642
643 msgid ""
505 "This hook makes it possible to allow or deny write access to portions\n"
644 "This hook makes it possible to allow or deny write access to portions\n"
506 "of a repository when receiving incoming changesets.\n"
645 "of a repository when receiving incoming changesets."
507 "\n"
646 msgstr ""
647
648 msgid ""
508 "The authorization is matched based on the local user name on the\n"
649 "The authorization is matched based on the local user name on the\n"
509 "system where the hook runs, and not the committer of the original\n"
650 "system where the hook runs, and not the committer of the original\n"
510 "changeset (since the latter is merely informative).\n"
651 "changeset (since the latter is merely informative)."
511 "\n"
652 msgstr ""
653
654 msgid ""
512 "The acl hook is best used along with a restricted shell like hgsh,\n"
655 "The acl hook is best used along with a restricted shell like hgsh,\n"
513 "preventing authenticating users from doing anything other than\n"
656 "preventing authenticating users from doing anything other than\n"
514 "pushing or pulling. The hook is not safe to use if users have\n"
657 "pushing or pulling. The hook is not safe to use if users have\n"
515 "interactive shell access, as they can then disable the hook.\n"
658 "interactive shell access, as they can then disable the hook.\n"
516 "Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there\n"
659 "Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there\n"
517 "is no way to distinguish them.\n"
660 "is no way to distinguish them."
518 "\n"
661 msgstr ""
519 "To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::\n"
662
520 "\n"
663 msgid "To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::"
664 msgstr ""
665
666 msgid ""
521 " [extensions]\n"
667 " [extensions]\n"
522 " acl =\n"
668 " acl ="
523 "\n"
669 msgstr ""
670
671 msgid ""
524 " [hooks]\n"
672 " [hooks]\n"
525 " pretxnchangegroup.acl = python:hgext.acl.hook\n"
673 " pretxnchangegroup.acl = python:hgext.acl.hook"
526 "\n"
674 msgstr ""
675
676 msgid ""
527 " [acl]\n"
677 " [acl]\n"
528 " # Check whether the source of incoming changes is in this list\n"
678 " # Check whether the source of incoming changes is in this list\n"
529 " # (\"serve\" == ssh or http, \"push\", \"pull\", \"bundle\")\n"
679 " # (\"serve\" == ssh or http, \"push\", \"pull\", \"bundle\")\n"
530 " sources = serve\n"
680 " sources = serve"
531 "\n"
681 msgstr ""
682
683 msgid ""
532 "The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob\n"
684 "The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob\n"
533 "syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the\n"
685 "syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the\n"
534 "corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list\n"
686 "corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list\n"
535 "is. ::\n"
687 "is. ::"
536 "\n"
688 msgstr ""
689
690 msgid ""
537 " [acl.allow]\n"
691 " [acl.allow]\n"
538 " # If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.\n"
692 " # If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.\n"
539 " # An empty acl.allow section means no users allowed.\n"
693 " # An empty acl.allow section means no users allowed.\n"
540 " docs/** = doc_writer\n"
694 " docs/** = doc_writer\n"
541 " .hgtags = release_engineer\n"
695 " .hgtags = release_engineer"
542 "\n"
696 msgstr ""
697
698 msgid ""
543 " [acl.deny]\n"
699 " [acl.deny]\n"
544 " # If acl.deny is not present, no users are refused by default.\n"
700 " # If acl.deny is not present, no users are refused by default.\n"
545 " # An empty acl.deny section means all users allowed.\n"
701 " # An empty acl.deny section means all users allowed.\n"
@@ -555,38 +711,47 b' msgstr ""'
555 msgid "acl: access denied for changeset %s"
711 msgid "acl: access denied for changeset %s"
556 msgstr ""
712 msgstr ""
557
713
558 msgid ""
714 msgid "track a line of development with movable markers"
559 "track a line of development with movable markers\n"
715 msgstr ""
560 "\n"
716
717 msgid ""
561 "Bookmarks are local movable markers to changesets. Every bookmark\n"
718 "Bookmarks are local movable markers to changesets. Every bookmark\n"
562 "points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a\n"
719 "points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a\n"
563 "changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the\n"
720 "changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the\n"
564 "bookmark shifts to the new changeset.\n"
721 "bookmark shifts to the new changeset."
565 "\n"
722 msgstr ""
723
724 msgid ""
566 "It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg\n"
725 "It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg\n"
567 "merge, hg update).\n"
726 "merge, hg update)."
568 "\n"
727 msgstr ""
728
729 msgid ""
569 "By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they\n"
730 "By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they\n"
570 "will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more\n"
731 "will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more\n"
571 "git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to\n"
732 "git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to\n"
572 "your .hgrc::\n"
733 "your .hgrc::"
573 "\n"
734 msgstr ""
735
736 msgid ""
574 " [bookmarks]\n"
737 " [bookmarks]\n"
575 " track.current = True\n"
738 " track.current = True"
576 "\n"
739 msgstr ""
740
741 msgid ""
577 "This will cause Mercurial to track the bookmark that you are currently\n"
742 "This will cause Mercurial to track the bookmark that you are currently\n"
578 "using, and only update it. This is similar to git's approach to\n"
743 "using, and only update it. This is similar to git's approach to\n"
579 "branching.\n"
744 "branching.\n"
580 msgstr ""
745 msgstr ""
581
746
582 msgid ""
747 msgid ""
583 "track a line of development with movable markers\n"
584 "\n"
585 " Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when\n"
748 " Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when\n"
586 " committing. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and\n"
749 " committing. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and\n"
587 " deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in 'hg merge' and\n"
750 " deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in 'hg merge' and\n"
588 " 'hg update' to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark.\n"
751 " 'hg update' to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark."
589 "\n"
752 msgstr ""
753
754 msgid ""
590 " You can use 'hg bookmark NAME' to set a bookmark on the working\n"
755 " You can use 'hg bookmark NAME' to set a bookmark on the working\n"
591 " directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify\n"
756 " directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify\n"
592 " a revision using -r REV (where REV may be an existing bookmark),\n"
757 " a revision using -r REV (where REV may be an existing bookmark),\n"
@@ -627,117 +792,171 b' msgstr ""'
627 msgid "hg bookmarks [-f] [-d] [-m NAME] [-r REV] [NAME]"
792 msgid "hg bookmarks [-f] [-d] [-m NAME] [-r REV] [NAME]"
628 msgstr ""
793 msgstr ""
629
794
630 msgid ""
795 msgid "hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker"
631 "hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker\n"
796 msgstr ""
632 "\n"
797
798 msgid ""
633 "This hook extension adds comments on bugs in Bugzilla when changesets\n"
799 "This hook extension adds comments on bugs in Bugzilla when changesets\n"
634 "that refer to bugs by Bugzilla ID are seen. The hook does not change\n"
800 "that refer to bugs by Bugzilla ID are seen. The hook does not change\n"
635 "bug status.\n"
801 "bug status."
636 "\n"
802 msgstr ""
803
804 msgid ""
637 "The hook updates the Bugzilla database directly. Only Bugzilla\n"
805 "The hook updates the Bugzilla database directly. Only Bugzilla\n"
638 "installations using MySQL are supported.\n"
806 "installations using MySQL are supported."
639 "\n"
807 msgstr ""
808
809 msgid ""
640 "The hook relies on a Bugzilla script to send bug change notification\n"
810 "The hook relies on a Bugzilla script to send bug change notification\n"
641 "emails. That script changes between Bugzilla versions; the\n"
811 "emails. That script changes between Bugzilla versions; the\n"
642 "'processmail' script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and\n"
812 "'processmail' script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and\n"
643 "subsequent versions by 'config/sendbugmail.pl'. Note that these will\n"
813 "subsequent versions by 'config/sendbugmail.pl'. Note that these will\n"
644 "be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to\n"
814 "be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to\n"
645 "ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately.\n"
815 "ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately."
646 "\n"
816 msgstr ""
817
818 msgid ""
647 "The extension is configured through three different configuration\n"
819 "The extension is configured through three different configuration\n"
648 "sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section:\n"
820 "sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section:"
649 "\n"
821 msgstr ""
822
823 msgid ""
650 "host\n"
824 "host\n"
651 " Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database.\n"
825 " Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database."
652 "\n"
826 msgstr ""
827
828 msgid ""
653 "db\n"
829 "db\n"
654 " Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'.\n"
830 " Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'."
655 "\n"
831 msgstr ""
832
833 msgid ""
656 "user\n"
834 "user\n"
657 " Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'.\n"
835 " Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'."
658 "\n"
836 msgstr ""
837
838 msgid ""
659 "password\n"
839 "password\n"
660 " Password to use to access MySQL server.\n"
840 " Password to use to access MySQL server."
661 "\n"
841 msgstr ""
842
843 msgid ""
662 "timeout\n"
844 "timeout\n"
663 " Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5.\n"
845 " Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5."
664 "\n"
846 msgstr ""
847
848 msgid ""
665 "version\n"
849 "version\n"
666 " Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,\n"
850 " Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,\n"
667 " '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior\n"
851 " '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior\n"
668 " to 2.18.\n"
852 " to 2.18."
669 "\n"
853 msgstr ""
854
855 msgid ""
670 "bzuser\n"
856 "bzuser\n"
671 " Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if changeset\n"
857 " Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if changeset\n"
672 " committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user.\n"
858 " committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user."
673 "\n"
859 msgstr ""
860
861 msgid ""
674 "bzdir\n"
862 "bzdir\n"
675 " Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default\n"
863 " Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default\n"
676 " '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.\n"
864 " '/var/www/html/bugzilla'."
677 "\n"
865 msgstr ""
866
867 msgid ""
678 "notify\n"
868 "notify\n"
679 " The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification\n"
869 " The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification\n"
680 " emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)\n"
870 " emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)\n"
681 " and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;\n"
871 " and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;\n"
682 " from 2.18 it is \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl\n"
872 " from 2.18 it is \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl\n"
683 " %(id)s %(user)s\".\n"
873 " %(id)s %(user)s\"."
684 "\n"
874 msgstr ""
875
876 msgid ""
685 "regexp\n"
877 "regexp\n"
686 " Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.\n"
878 " Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.\n"
687 " Must contain one \"()\" group. The default expression matches 'Bug\n"
879 " Must contain one \"()\" group. The default expression matches 'Bug\n"
688 " 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug\n"
880 " 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug\n"
689 " 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive.\n"
881 " 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive."
690 "\n"
882 msgstr ""
883
884 msgid ""
691 "style\n"
885 "style\n"
692 " The style file to use when formatting comments.\n"
886 " The style file to use when formatting comments."
693 "\n"
887 msgstr ""
888
889 msgid ""
694 "template\n"
890 "template\n"
695 " Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides style if\n"
891 " Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides style if\n"
696 " specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial keywords, the\n"
892 " specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial keywords, the\n"
697 " extension specifies::\n"
893 " extension specifies::"
698 "\n"
894 msgstr ""
895
896 msgid ""
699 " {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.\n"
897 " {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.\n"
700 " {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
898 " {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
701 " {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
899 " {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
702 " {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories.\n"
900 " {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories."
703 "\n"
901 msgstr ""
902
903 msgid ""
704 " Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n"
904 " Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n"
705 " 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'\n"
905 " 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'"
706 "\n"
906 msgstr ""
907
908 msgid ""
707 "strip\n"
909 "strip\n"
708 " The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root} to produce\n"
910 " The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root} to produce\n"
709 " {webroot}. Default 0.\n"
911 " {webroot}. Default 0."
710 "\n"
912 msgstr ""
913
914 msgid ""
711 "usermap\n"
915 "usermap\n"
712 " Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla user ID\n"
916 " Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla user ID\n"
713 " mappings. If specified, the file should contain one mapping per\n"
917 " mappings. If specified, the file should contain one mapping per\n"
714 " line, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the [usermap] section.\n"
918 " line, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the [usermap] section."
715 "\n"
919 msgstr ""
920
921 msgid ""
716 "The [usermap] section is used to specify mappings of Mercurial\n"
922 "The [usermap] section is used to specify mappings of Mercurial\n"
717 "committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.\n"
923 "committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.\n"
718 "\"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\"\n"
924 "\"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\""
719 "\n"
925 msgstr ""
720 "Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:\n"
926
721 "\n"
927 msgid "Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:"
928 msgstr ""
929
930 msgid ""
722 "baseurl\n"
931 "baseurl\n"
723 " Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from\n"
932 " Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from\n"
724 " templates as {hgweb}.\n"
933 " templates as {hgweb}."
725 "\n"
934 msgstr ""
726 "Activating the extension::\n"
935
727 "\n"
936 msgid "Activating the extension::"
937 msgstr ""
938
939 msgid ""
728 " [extensions]\n"
940 " [extensions]\n"
729 " bugzilla =\n"
941 " bugzilla ="
730 "\n"
942 msgstr ""
943
944 msgid ""
731 " [hooks]\n"
945 " [hooks]\n"
732 " # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here\n"
946 " # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here\n"
733 " incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook\n"
947 " incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook"
734 "\n"
948 msgstr ""
735 "Example configuration:\n"
949
736 "\n"
950 msgid "Example configuration:"
951 msgstr ""
952
953 msgid ""
737 "This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial\n"
954 "This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial\n"
738 "repositories in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2\n"
955 "repositories in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2\n"
739 "installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. ::\n"
956 "installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. ::"
740 "\n"
957 msgstr ""
958
959 msgid ""
741 " [bugzilla]\n"
960 " [bugzilla]\n"
742 " host=localhost\n"
961 " host=localhost\n"
743 " password=XYZZY\n"
962 " password=XYZZY\n"
@@ -747,20 +966,28 b' msgid ""'
747 " template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\n"
966 " template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\n"
748 " {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\n"
967 " {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\n"
749 " {desc}\\n\n"
968 " {desc}\\n\n"
750 " strip=5\n"
969 " strip=5"
751 "\n"
970 msgstr ""
971
972 msgid ""
752 " [web]\n"
973 " [web]\n"
753 " baseurl=http://dev.domain.com/hg\n"
974 " baseurl=http://dev.domain.com/hg"
754 "\n"
975 msgstr ""
976
977 msgid ""
755 " [usermap]\n"
978 " [usermap]\n"
756 " user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com\n"
979 " user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com"
757 "\n"
980 msgstr ""
758 "Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::\n"
981
759 "\n"
982 msgid "Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::"
983 msgstr ""
984
985 msgid ""
760 " Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.\n"
986 " Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.\n"
761 " http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642\n"
987 " http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642"
762 "\n"
988 msgstr ""
763 " Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.\n"
989
990 msgid " Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.\n"
764 msgstr ""
991 msgstr ""
765
992
766 #, python-format
993 #, python-format
@@ -837,9 +1064,10 b' msgstr ""'
837 msgid "command to display child changesets"
1064 msgid "command to display child changesets"
838 msgstr ""
1065 msgstr ""
839
1066
840 msgid ""
1067 msgid "show the children of the given or working directory revision"
841 "show the children of the given or working directory revision\n"
1068 msgstr ""
842 "\n"
1069
1070 msgid ""
843 " Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a\n"
1071 " Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a\n"
844 " revision is given via -r/--rev, the children of that revision will\n"
1072 " revision is given via -r/--rev, the children of that revision will\n"
845 " be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the\n"
1073 " be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the\n"
@@ -865,38 +1093,55 b' msgstr ""'
865 msgid "generating stats: %d%%"
1093 msgid "generating stats: %d%%"
866 msgstr ""
1094 msgstr ""
867
1095
868 msgid ""
1096 msgid "histogram of changes to the repository"
869 "histogram of changes to the repository\n"
1097 msgstr ""
870 "\n"
1098
1099 msgid ""
871 " This command will display a histogram representing the number\n"
1100 " This command will display a histogram representing the number\n"
872 " of changed lines or revisions, grouped according to the given\n"
1101 " of changed lines or revisions, grouped according to the given\n"
873 " template. The default template will group changes by author.\n"
1102 " template. The default template will group changes by author.\n"
874 " The --dateformat option may be used to group the results by\n"
1103 " The --dateformat option may be used to group the results by\n"
875 " date instead.\n"
1104 " date instead."
876 "\n"
1105 msgstr ""
1106
1107 msgid ""
877 " Statistics are based on the number of changed lines, or\n"
1108 " Statistics are based on the number of changed lines, or\n"
878 " alternatively the number of matching revisions if the\n"
1109 " alternatively the number of matching revisions if the\n"
879 " --changesets option is specified.\n"
1110 " --changesets option is specified."
880 "\n"
1111 msgstr ""
881 " Examples::\n"
1112
882 "\n"
1113 msgid " Examples::"
1114 msgstr ""
1115
1116 msgid ""
883 " # display count of changed lines for every committer\n"
1117 " # display count of changed lines for every committer\n"
884 " hg churn -t '{author|email}'\n"
1118 " hg churn -t '{author|email}'"
885 "\n"
1119 msgstr ""
1120
1121 msgid ""
886 " # display daily activity graph\n"
1122 " # display daily activity graph\n"
887 " hg churn -f '%H' -s -c\n"
1123 " hg churn -f '%H' -s -c"
888 "\n"
1124 msgstr ""
1125
1126 msgid ""
889 " # display activity of developers by month\n"
1127 " # display activity of developers by month\n"
890 " hg churn -f '%Y-%m' -s -c\n"
1128 " hg churn -f '%Y-%m' -s -c"
891 "\n"
1129 msgstr ""
1130
1131 msgid ""
892 " # display count of lines changed in every year\n"
1132 " # display count of lines changed in every year\n"
893 " hg churn -f '%Y' -s\n"
1133 " hg churn -f '%Y' -s"
894 "\n"
1134 msgstr ""
1135
1136 msgid ""
895 " It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address\n"
1137 " It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address\n"
896 " by providing a file using the following format::\n"
1138 " by providing a file using the following format::"
897 "\n"
1139 msgstr ""
898 " <alias email> <actual email>\n"
1140
899 "\n"
1141 msgid " <alias email> <actual email>"
1142 msgstr ""
1143
1144 msgid ""
900 " Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise\n"
1145 " Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise\n"
901 " a .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.\n"
1146 " a .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.\n"
902 " "
1147 " "
@@ -929,38 +1174,50 b' msgstr ""'
929 msgid "hg churn [-d DATE] [-r REV] [--aliases FILE] [--progress] [FILE]"
1174 msgid "hg churn [-d DATE] [-r REV] [--aliases FILE] [--progress] [FILE]"
930 msgstr ""
1175 msgstr ""
931
1176
932 msgid ""
1177 msgid "colorize output from some commands"
933 "colorize output from some commands\n"
1178 msgstr ""
934 "\n"
1179
1180 msgid ""
935 "This extension modifies the status command to add color to its output\n"
1181 "This extension modifies the status command to add color to its output\n"
936 "to reflect file status, the qseries command to add color to reflect\n"
1182 "to reflect file status, the qseries command to add color to reflect\n"
937 "patch status (applied, unapplied, missing), and to diff-related\n"
1183 "patch status (applied, unapplied, missing), and to diff-related\n"
938 "commands to highlight additions, removals, diff headers, and trailing\n"
1184 "commands to highlight additions, removals, diff headers, and trailing\n"
939 "whitespace.\n"
1185 "whitespace."
940 "\n"
1186 msgstr ""
1187
1188 msgid ""
941 "Other effects in addition to color, like bold and underlined text, are\n"
1189 "Other effects in addition to color, like bold and underlined text, are\n"
942 "also available. Effects are rendered with the ECMA-48 SGR control\n"
1190 "also available. Effects are rendered with the ECMA-48 SGR control\n"
943 "function (aka ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the\n"
1191 "function (aka ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the\n"
944 "render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text.\n"
1192 "render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text."
945 "\n"
1193 msgstr ""
946 "Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::\n"
1194
947 "\n"
1195 msgid "Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::"
1196 msgstr ""
1197
1198 msgid ""
948 " [color]\n"
1199 " [color]\n"
949 " status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
1200 " status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
950 " status.added = green bold\n"
1201 " status.added = green bold\n"
951 " status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
1202 " status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
952 " status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
1203 " status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
953 " status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
1204 " status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
954 " status.ignored = black bold\n"
1205 " status.ignored = black bold"
955 "\n"
1206 msgstr ""
1207
1208 msgid ""
956 " # 'none' turns off all effects\n"
1209 " # 'none' turns off all effects\n"
957 " status.clean = none\n"
1210 " status.clean = none\n"
958 " status.copied = none\n"
1211 " status.copied = none"
959 "\n"
1212 msgstr ""
1213
1214 msgid ""
960 " qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
1215 " qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
961 " qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
1216 " qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
962 " qseries.missing = red bold\n"
1217 " qseries.missing = red bold"
963 "\n"
1218 msgstr ""
1219
1220 msgid ""
964 " diff.diffline = bold\n"
1221 " diff.diffline = bold\n"
965 " diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
1222 " diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
966 " diff.file_a = red bold\n"
1223 " diff.file_a = red bold\n"
@@ -985,11 +1242,13 b' msgstr ""'
985 msgid "import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into Mercurial"
1242 msgid "import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into Mercurial"
986 msgstr ""
1243 msgstr ""
987
1244
988 msgid ""
1245 msgid "convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one."
989 "convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one.\n"
1246 msgstr ""
990 "\n"
1247
991 " Accepted source formats [identifiers]:\n"
1248 msgid " Accepted source formats [identifiers]:"
992 "\n"
1249 msgstr ""
1250
1251 msgid ""
993 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
1252 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
994 " - CVS [cvs]\n"
1253 " - CVS [cvs]\n"
995 " - Darcs [darcs]\n"
1254 " - Darcs [darcs]\n"
@@ -998,72 +1257,103 b' msgid ""'
998 " - Monotone [mtn]\n"
1257 " - Monotone [mtn]\n"
999 " - GNU Arch [gnuarch]\n"
1258 " - GNU Arch [gnuarch]\n"
1000 " - Bazaar [bzr]\n"
1259 " - Bazaar [bzr]\n"
1001 " - Perforce [p4]\n"
1260 " - Perforce [p4]"
1002 "\n"
1261 msgstr ""
1003 " Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:\n"
1262
1004 "\n"
1263 msgid " Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:"
1264 msgstr ""
1265
1266 msgid ""
1005 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
1267 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
1006 " - Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)\n"
1268 " - Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)"
1007 "\n"
1269 msgstr ""
1270
1271 msgid ""
1008 " If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted.\n"
1272 " If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted.\n"
1009 " Otherwise, convert will only import up to the named revision\n"
1273 " Otherwise, convert will only import up to the named revision\n"
1010 " (given in a format understood by the source).\n"
1274 " (given in a format understood by the source)."
1011 "\n"
1275 msgstr ""
1276
1277 msgid ""
1012 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
1278 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
1013 " basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination\n"
1279 " basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination\n"
1014 " repository doesn't exist, it will be created.\n"
1280 " repository doesn't exist, it will be created."
1015 "\n"
1281 msgstr ""
1282
1283 msgid ""
1016 " By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort.\n"
1284 " By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort.\n"
1017 " Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers\n"
1285 " Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers\n"
1018 " order. Sort modes have the following effects:\n"
1286 " order. Sort modes have the following effects:"
1019 "\n"
1287 msgstr ""
1288
1289 msgid ""
1020 " --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible,\n"
1290 " --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible,\n"
1021 " which means branches are usually converted one after\n"
1291 " which means branches are usually converted one after\n"
1022 " the other. It generates more compact repositories.\n"
1292 " the other. It generates more compact repositories."
1023 "\n"
1293 msgstr ""
1294
1295 msgid ""
1024 " --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have\n"
1296 " --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have\n"
1025 " good-looking changelogs but are often an order of\n"
1297 " good-looking changelogs but are often an order of\n"
1026 " magnitude larger than the same ones generated by\n"
1298 " magnitude larger than the same ones generated by\n"
1027 " --branchsort.\n"
1299 " --branchsort."
1028 "\n"
1300 msgstr ""
1301
1302 msgid ""
1029 " --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only\n"
1303 " --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only\n"
1030 " supported by Mercurial sources.\n"
1304 " supported by Mercurial sources."
1031 "\n"
1305 msgstr ""
1306
1307 msgid ""
1032 " If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location\n"
1308 " If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location\n"
1033 " (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file\n"
1309 " (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file\n"
1034 " that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that\n"
1310 " that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that\n"
1035 " revision, like so::\n"
1311 " revision, like so::"
1036 "\n"
1312 msgstr ""
1037 " <source ID> <destination ID>\n"
1313
1038 "\n"
1314 msgid " <source ID> <destination ID>"
1315 msgstr ""
1316
1317 msgid ""
1039 " If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's\n"
1318 " If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's\n"
1040 " updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted\n"
1319 " updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted\n"
1041 " and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits.\n"
1320 " and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits."
1042 "\n"
1321 msgstr ""
1322
1323 msgid ""
1043 " The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each\n"
1324 " The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each\n"
1044 " source commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy\n"
1325 " source commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy\n"
1045 " for source SCMs that use unix logins to identify authors (eg:\n"
1326 " for source SCMs that use unix logins to identify authors (eg:\n"
1046 " CVS). One line per author mapping and the line format is:\n"
1327 " CVS). One line per author mapping and the line format is:\n"
1047 " srcauthor=whatever string you want\n"
1328 " srcauthor=whatever string you want"
1048 "\n"
1329 msgstr ""
1330
1331 msgid ""
1049 " The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files\n"
1332 " The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files\n"
1050 " and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can\n"
1333 " and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can\n"
1051 " contain one of the following directives::\n"
1334 " contain one of the following directives::"
1052 "\n"
1335 msgstr ""
1053 " include path/to/file\n"
1336
1054 "\n"
1337 msgid " include path/to/file"
1055 " exclude path/to/file\n"
1338 msgstr ""
1056 "\n"
1339
1057 " rename from/file to/file\n"
1340 msgid " exclude path/to/file"
1058 "\n"
1341 msgstr ""
1342
1343 msgid " rename from/file to/file"
1344 msgstr ""
1345
1346 msgid ""
1059 " The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a\n"
1347 " The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a\n"
1060 " directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the\n"
1348 " directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the\n"
1061 " exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly\n"
1349 " exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly\n"
1062 " included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to\n"
1350 " included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to\n"
1063 " be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To\n"
1351 " be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To\n"
1064 " rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use\n"
1352 " rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use\n"
1065 " '.' as the path to rename to.\n"
1353 " '.' as the path to rename to."
1066 "\n"
1354 msgstr ""
1355
1356 msgid ""
1067 " The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic\n"
1357 " The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic\n"
1068 " history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is\n"
1358 " history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is\n"
1069 " useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or\n"
1359 " useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or\n"
@@ -1073,8 +1363,10 b' msgid ""'
1073 " revision control system whose parents should be modified (same\n"
1363 " revision control system whose parents should be modified (same\n"
1074 " format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision IDs\n"
1364 " format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision IDs\n"
1075 " (in either the source or destination revision control system) that\n"
1365 " (in either the source or destination revision control system) that\n"
1076 " should be used as the new parents for that node.\n"
1366 " should be used as the new parents for that node."
1077 "\n"
1367 msgstr ""
1368
1369 msgid ""
1078 " The branchmap is a file that allows you to rename a branch when it is\n"
1370 " The branchmap is a file that allows you to rename a branch when it is\n"
1079 " being brought in from whatever external repository. When used in\n"
1371 " being brought in from whatever external repository. When used in\n"
1080 " conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination\n"
1372 " conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination\n"
@@ -1084,11 +1376,15 b' msgid ""'
1084 " \"original_branch_name\" is the name of the branch in the source\n"
1376 " \"original_branch_name\" is the name of the branch in the source\n"
1085 " repository, and \"new_branch_name\" is the name of the branch is the\n"
1377 " repository, and \"new_branch_name\" is the name of the branch is the\n"
1086 " destination repository. This can be used to (for instance) move code\n"
1378 " destination repository. This can be used to (for instance) move code\n"
1087 " in one repository from \"default\" to a named branch.\n"
1379 " in one repository from \"default\" to a named branch."
1088 "\n"
1380 msgstr ""
1381
1382 msgid ""
1089 " Mercurial Source\n"
1383 " Mercurial Source\n"
1090 " ----------------\n"
1384 " ----------------"
1091 "\n"
1385 msgstr ""
1386
1387 msgid ""
1092 " --config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)\n"
1388 " --config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)\n"
1093 " ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial\n"
1389 " ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial\n"
1094 " repositories with missing revlogs, by converting from and to\n"
1390 " repositories with missing revlogs, by converting from and to\n"
@@ -1097,11 +1393,15 b' msgid ""'
1097 " store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to\n"
1393 " store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to\n"
1098 " change)\n"
1394 " change)\n"
1099 " --config convert.hg.startrev=0 (hg revision identifier)\n"
1395 " --config convert.hg.startrev=0 (hg revision identifier)\n"
1100 " convert start revision and its descendants\n"
1396 " convert start revision and its descendants"
1101 "\n"
1397 msgstr ""
1398
1399 msgid ""
1102 " CVS Source\n"
1400 " CVS Source\n"
1103 " ----------\n"
1401 " ----------"
1104 "\n"
1402 msgstr ""
1403
1404 msgid ""
1105 " CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS\n"
1405 " CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS\n"
1106 " to indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct\n"
1406 " to indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct\n"
1107 " access to the repository files is not needed, unless of course the\n"
1407 " access to the repository files is not needed, unless of course the\n"
@@ -1110,10 +1410,13 b' msgid ""'
1110 " commands to find files to convert. This means that unless a\n"
1410 " commands to find files to convert. This means that unless a\n"
1111 " filemap is given, all files under the starting directory will be\n"
1411 " filemap is given, all files under the starting directory will be\n"
1112 " converted, and that any directory reorganization in the CVS\n"
1412 " converted, and that any directory reorganization in the CVS\n"
1113 " sandbox is ignored.\n"
1413 " sandbox is ignored."
1114 "\n"
1414 msgstr ""
1115 " The options shown are the defaults.\n"
1415
1116 "\n"
1416 msgid " The options shown are the defaults."
1417 msgstr ""
1418
1419 msgid ""
1117 " --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)\n"
1420 " --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)\n"
1118 " Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and\n"
1421 " Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and\n"
1119 " debugging purposes.\n"
1422 " debugging purposes.\n"
@@ -1131,16 +1434,22 b' msgid ""'
1131 " Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n"
1434 " Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n"
1132 " matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n"
1435 " matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n"
1133 " add the most recent revision on the branch indicated in the\n"
1436 " add the most recent revision on the branch indicated in the\n"
1134 " regex as the second parent of the changeset.\n"
1437 " regex as the second parent of the changeset."
1135 "\n"
1438 msgstr ""
1439
1440 msgid ""
1136 " An additional \"debugcvsps\" Mercurial command allows the builtin\n"
1441 " An additional \"debugcvsps\" Mercurial command allows the builtin\n"
1137 " changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its\n"
1442 " changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its\n"
1138 " parameters and output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1. Please see\n"
1443 " parameters and output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1. Please see\n"
1139 " the command help for more details.\n"
1444 " the command help for more details."
1140 "\n"
1445 msgstr ""
1446
1447 msgid ""
1141 " Subversion Source\n"
1448 " Subversion Source\n"
1142 " -----------------\n"
1449 " -----------------"
1143 "\n"
1450 msgstr ""
1451
1452 msgid ""
1144 " Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts.\n"
1453 " Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts.\n"
1145 " By default, the supplied \"svn://repo/path/\" source URL is\n"
1454 " By default, the supplied \"svn://repo/path/\" source URL is\n"
1146 " converted as a single branch. If \"svn://repo/path/trunk\" exists it\n"
1455 " converted as a single branch. If \"svn://repo/path/trunk\" exists it\n"
@@ -1150,58 +1459,80 b' msgid ""'
1150 " converted branches. Default \"trunk\", \"branches\" and \"tags\" values\n"
1459 " converted branches. Default \"trunk\", \"branches\" and \"tags\" values\n"
1151 " can be overridden with following options. Set them to paths\n"
1460 " can be overridden with following options. Set them to paths\n"
1152 " relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable auto\n"
1461 " relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable auto\n"
1153 " detection.\n"
1462 " detection."
1154 "\n"
1463 msgstr ""
1464
1465 msgid ""
1155 " --config convert.svn.branches=branches (directory name)\n"
1466 " --config convert.svn.branches=branches (directory name)\n"
1156 " specify the directory containing branches\n"
1467 " specify the directory containing branches\n"
1157 " --config convert.svn.tags=tags (directory name)\n"
1468 " --config convert.svn.tags=tags (directory name)\n"
1158 " specify the directory containing tags\n"
1469 " specify the directory containing tags\n"
1159 " --config convert.svn.trunk=trunk (directory name)\n"
1470 " --config convert.svn.trunk=trunk (directory name)\n"
1160 " specify the name of the trunk branch\n"
1471 " specify the name of the trunk branch"
1161 "\n"
1472 msgstr ""
1473
1474 msgid ""
1162 " Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision,\n"
1475 " Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision,\n"
1163 " instead of being integrally converted. Only single branch\n"
1476 " instead of being integrally converted. Only single branch\n"
1164 " conversions are supported.\n"
1477 " conversions are supported."
1165 "\n"
1478 msgstr ""
1479
1480 msgid ""
1166 " --config convert.svn.startrev=0 (svn revision number)\n"
1481 " --config convert.svn.startrev=0 (svn revision number)\n"
1167 " specify start Subversion revision.\n"
1482 " specify start Subversion revision."
1168 "\n"
1483 msgstr ""
1484
1485 msgid ""
1169 " Perforce Source\n"
1486 " Perforce Source\n"
1170 " ---------------\n"
1487 " ---------------"
1171 "\n"
1488 msgstr ""
1489
1490 msgid ""
1172 " The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a\n"
1491 " The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a\n"
1173 " client specification as source. It will convert all files in the\n"
1492 " client specification as source. It will convert all files in the\n"
1174 " source to a flat Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches\n"
1493 " source to a flat Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches\n"
1175 " and integrations. Note that when a depot path is given you then\n"
1494 " and integrations. Note that when a depot path is given you then\n"
1176 " usually should specify a target directory, because otherwise the\n"
1495 " usually should specify a target directory, because otherwise the\n"
1177 " target may be named ...-hg.\n"
1496 " target may be named ...-hg."
1178 "\n"
1497 msgstr ""
1498
1499 msgid ""
1179 " It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be\n"
1500 " It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be\n"
1180 " converted by specifying an initial Perforce revision.\n"
1501 " converted by specifying an initial Perforce revision."
1181 "\n"
1502 msgstr ""
1503
1504 msgid ""
1182 " --config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)\n"
1505 " --config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)\n"
1183 " specify initial Perforce revision.\n"
1506 " specify initial Perforce revision."
1184 "\n"
1507 msgstr ""
1508
1509 msgid ""
1185 " Mercurial Destination\n"
1510 " Mercurial Destination\n"
1186 " ---------------------\n"
1511 " ---------------------"
1187 "\n"
1512 msgstr ""
1513
1514 msgid ""
1188 " --config convert.hg.clonebranches=False (boolean)\n"
1515 " --config convert.hg.clonebranches=False (boolean)\n"
1189 " dispatch source branches in separate clones.\n"
1516 " dispatch source branches in separate clones.\n"
1190 " --config convert.hg.tagsbranch=default (branch name)\n"
1517 " --config convert.hg.tagsbranch=default (branch name)\n"
1191 " tag revisions branch name\n"
1518 " tag revisions branch name\n"
1192 " --config convert.hg.usebranchnames=True (boolean)\n"
1519 " --config convert.hg.usebranchnames=True (boolean)\n"
1193 " preserve branch names\n"
1520 " preserve branch names"
1194 "\n"
1521 msgstr ""
1195 " "
1522
1196 msgstr ""
1523 msgid " "
1197
1524 msgstr ""
1198 msgid ""
1525
1199 "create changeset information from CVS\n"
1526 msgid "create changeset information from CVS"
1200 "\n"
1527 msgstr ""
1528
1529 msgid ""
1201 " This command is intended as a debugging tool for the CVS to\n"
1530 " This command is intended as a debugging tool for the CVS to\n"
1202 " Mercurial converter, and can be used as a direct replacement for\n"
1531 " Mercurial converter, and can be used as a direct replacement for\n"
1203 " cvsps.\n"
1532 " cvsps."
1204 "\n"
1533 msgstr ""
1534
1535 msgid ""
1205 " Hg debugcvsps reads the CVS rlog for current directory (or any\n"
1536 " Hg debugcvsps reads the CVS rlog for current directory (or any\n"
1206 " named directory) in the CVS repository, and converts the log to a\n"
1537 " named directory) in the CVS repository, and converts the log to a\n"
1207 " series of changesets based on matching commit log entries and\n"
1538 " series of changesets based on matching commit log entries and\n"
@@ -1274,9 +1605,7 b' msgstr ""'
1274 msgid "hg debugcvsps [OPTION]... [PATH]..."
1605 msgid "hg debugcvsps [OPTION]... [PATH]..."
1275 msgstr ""
1606 msgstr ""
1276
1607
1277 msgid ""
1608 msgid "warning: lightweight checkouts may cause conversion failures, try with a regular branch instead.\n"
1278 "warning: lightweight checkouts may cause conversion failures, try with a "
1279 "regular branch instead.\n"
1280 msgstr ""
1609 msgstr ""
1281
1610
1282 msgid "bzr source type could not be determined\n"
1611 msgid "bzr source type could not be determined\n"
@@ -1388,8 +1717,7 b' msgid "CVS pserver authentication failed'
1388 msgstr ""
1717 msgstr ""
1389
1718
1390 #, python-format
1719 #, python-format
1391 msgid ""
1720 msgid "unexpected response from CVS server (expected \"Valid-requests\", but got %r)"
1392 "unexpected response from CVS server (expected \"Valid-requests\", but got %r)"
1393 msgstr ""
1721 msgstr ""
1394
1722
1395 #, python-format
1723 #, python-format
@@ -1495,8 +1823,7 b' msgid "analyzing tree version %s...\\n"'
1495 msgstr ""
1823 msgstr ""
1496
1824
1497 #, python-format
1825 #, python-format
1498 msgid ""
1826 msgid "tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n"
1499 "tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n"
1500 msgstr ""
1827 msgstr ""
1501
1828
1502 #, python-format
1829 #, python-format
@@ -1628,37 +1955,50 b' msgstr ""'
1628 msgid "XXX TAGS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n"
1955 msgid "XXX TAGS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n"
1629 msgstr ""
1956 msgstr ""
1630
1957
1631 msgid ""
1958 msgid "command to allow external programs to compare revisions"
1632 "command to allow external programs to compare revisions\n"
1959 msgstr ""
1633 "\n"
1960
1961 msgid ""
1634 "The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs\n"
1962 "The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs\n"
1635 "to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external\n"
1963 "to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external\n"
1636 "diff programs are called with a configurable set of options and two\n"
1964 "diff programs are called with a configurable set of options and two\n"
1637 "non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of\n"
1965 "non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of\n"
1638 "files to compare.\n"
1966 "files to compare."
1639 "\n"
1967 msgstr ""
1968
1969 msgid ""
1640 "The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n"
1970 "The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n"
1641 "you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always. ::\n"
1971 "you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always. ::"
1642 "\n"
1972 msgstr ""
1973
1974 msgid ""
1643 " [extdiff]\n"
1975 " [extdiff]\n"
1644 " # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode\n"
1976 " # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode\n"
1645 " cdiff = gdiff -Nprc5\n"
1977 " cdiff = gdiff -Nprc5\n"
1646 " ## or the old way:\n"
1978 " ## or the old way:\n"
1647 " #cmd.cdiff = gdiff\n"
1979 " #cmd.cdiff = gdiff\n"
1648 " #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5\n"
1980 " #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5"
1649 "\n"
1981 msgstr ""
1982
1983 msgid ""
1650 " # add new command called vdiff, runs kdiff3\n"
1984 " # add new command called vdiff, runs kdiff3\n"
1651 " vdiff = kdiff3\n"
1985 " vdiff = kdiff3"
1652 "\n"
1986 msgstr ""
1987
1988 msgid ""
1653 " # add new command called meld, runs meld (no need to name twice)\n"
1989 " # add new command called meld, runs meld (no need to name twice)\n"
1654 " meld =\n"
1990 " meld ="
1655 "\n"
1991 msgstr ""
1992
1993 msgid ""
1656 " # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin\n"
1994 " # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin\n"
1657 " # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non\n"
1995 " # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non\n"
1658 " # English user, be sure to put \"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1\" in\n"
1996 " # English user, be sure to put \"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1\" in\n"
1659 " # your .vimrc\n"
1997 " # your .vimrc\n"
1660 " vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'\n"
1998 " vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'"
1661 "\n"
1999 msgstr ""
2000
2001 msgid ""
1662 "You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal \"hg\n"
2002 "You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal \"hg\n"
1663 "diff\" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed\n"
2003 "diff\" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed\n"
1664 "files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty\n"
2004 "files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty\n"
@@ -1679,18 +2019,23 b' msgstr ""'
1679 msgid "cleaning up temp directory\n"
2019 msgid "cleaning up temp directory\n"
1680 msgstr ""
2020 msgstr ""
1681
2021
1682 msgid ""
2022 msgid "use external program to diff repository (or selected files)"
1683 "use external program to diff repository (or selected files)\n"
2023 msgstr ""
1684 "\n"
2024
2025 msgid ""
1685 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n"
2026 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n"
1686 " an external program. The default program used is diff, with\n"
2027 " an external program. The default program used is diff, with\n"
1687 " default options \"-Npru\".\n"
2028 " default options \"-Npru\"."
1688 "\n"
2029 msgstr ""
2030
2031 msgid ""
1689 " To select a different program, use the -p/--program option. The\n"
2032 " To select a different program, use the -p/--program option. The\n"
1690 " program will be passed the names of two directories to compare. To\n"
2033 " program will be passed the names of two directories to compare. To\n"
1691 " pass additional options to the program, use -o/--option. These\n"
2034 " pass additional options to the program, use -o/--option. These\n"
1692 " will be passed before the names of the directories to compare.\n"
2035 " will be passed before the names of the directories to compare."
1693 "\n"
2036 msgstr ""
2037
2038 msgid ""
1694 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
2039 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
1695 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
2040 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
1696 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
2041 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
@@ -1711,17 +2056,20 b' msgid "hg extdiff [OPT]... [FILE]..."'
1711 msgstr ""
2056 msgstr ""
1712
2057
1713 #, python-format
2058 #, python-format
1714 msgid ""
2059 msgid "use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)"
1715 "use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)\n"
2060 msgstr ""
1716 "\n"
2061
2062 #, python-format
2063 msgid ""
1717 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the\n"
2064 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the\n"
1718 " %(path)s program.\n"
2065 " %(path)s program."
1719 "\n"
2066 msgstr ""
2067
2068 #, python-format
2069 msgid ""
1720 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between\n"
2070 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between\n"
1721 " those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision "
2071 " those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is\n"
1722 "is\n"
2072 " compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,\n"
1723 " compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are "
1724 "specified,\n"
1725 " the working directory files are compared to its parent."
2073 " the working directory files are compared to its parent."
1726 msgstr ""
2074 msgstr ""
1727
2075
@@ -1732,28 +2080,34 b' msgstr ""'
1732 msgid "pull, update and merge in one command"
2080 msgid "pull, update and merge in one command"
1733 msgstr ""
2081 msgstr ""
1734
2082
1735 msgid ""
2083 msgid "pull changes from a remote repository, merge new changes if needed."
1736 "pull changes from a remote repository, merge new changes if needed.\n"
2084 msgstr ""
1737 "\n"
2085
2086 msgid ""
1738 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
2087 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
1739 " or URL and adds them to the local repository.\n"
2088 " or URL and adds them to the local repository."
1740 "\n"
2089 msgstr ""
2090
2091 msgid ""
1741 " If the pulled changes add a new branch head, the head is\n"
2092 " If the pulled changes add a new branch head, the head is\n"
1742 " automatically merged, and the result of the merge is committed.\n"
2093 " automatically merged, and the result of the merge is committed.\n"
1743 " Otherwise, the working directory is updated to include the new\n"
2094 " Otherwise, the working directory is updated to include the new\n"
1744 " changes.\n"
2095 " changes."
1745 "\n"
2096 msgstr ""
2097
2098 msgid ""
1746 " When a merge occurs, the newly pulled changes are assumed to be\n"
2099 " When a merge occurs, the newly pulled changes are assumed to be\n"
1747 " \"authoritative\". The head of the new changes is used as the first\n"
2100 " \"authoritative\". The head of the new changes is used as the first\n"
1748 " parent, with local changes as the second. To switch the merge\n"
2101 " parent, with local changes as the second. To switch the merge\n"
1749 " order, use --switch-parent.\n"
2102 " order, use --switch-parent."
1750 "\n"
2103 msgstr ""
2104
2105 msgid ""
1751 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
2106 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
1752 " "
2107 " "
1753 msgstr ""
2108 msgstr ""
1754
2109
1755 msgid ""
2110 msgid "working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)"
1756 "working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)"
1757 msgstr ""
2111 msgstr ""
1758
2112
1759 msgid "outstanding uncommitted merge"
2113 msgid "outstanding uncommitted merge"
@@ -1765,23 +2119,18 b' msgstr ""'
1765 msgid "working directory is missing some files"
2119 msgid "working directory is missing some files"
1766 msgstr ""
2120 msgstr ""
1767
2121
1768 msgid ""
2122 msgid "multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)"
1769 "multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)"
1770 msgstr ""
2123 msgstr ""
1771
2124
1772 #, python-format
2125 #, python-format
1773 msgid "pulling from %s\n"
2126 msgid "pulling from %s\n"
1774 msgstr ""
2127 msgstr ""
1775
2128
1776 msgid ""
2129 msgid "Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be specified."
1777 "Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be "
2130 msgstr ""
1778 "specified."
2131
1779 msgstr ""
2132 #, python-format
1780
2133 msgid "not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge them)\n"
1781 #, python-format
1782 msgid ""
1783 "not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge"
1784 "\" to merge them)\n"
1785 msgstr ""
2134 msgstr ""
1786
2135
1787 #, python-format
2136 #, python-format
@@ -1843,14 +2192,12 b' msgstr ""'
1843 msgid "No valid signature for %s\n"
2192 msgid "No valid signature for %s\n"
1844 msgstr ""
2193 msgstr ""
1845
2194
1846 msgid ""
2195 msgid "add a signature for the current or given revision"
1847 "add a signature for the current or given revision\n"
2196 msgstr ""
1848 "\n"
2197
2198 msgid ""
1849 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
2199 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
1850 " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
2200 " or tip if no revision is checked out."
1851 "\n"
1852 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
1853 " "
1854 msgstr ""
2201 msgstr ""
1855
2202
1856 msgid "uncommitted merge - please provide a specific revision"
2203 msgid "uncommitted merge - please provide a specific revision"
@@ -1859,9 +2206,7 b' msgstr ""'
1859 msgid "Error while signing"
2206 msgid "Error while signing"
1860 msgstr ""
2207 msgstr ""
1861
2208
1862 msgid ""
2209 msgid "working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --force)"
1863 "working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --"
1864 "force)"
1865 msgstr ""
2210 msgstr ""
1866
2211
1867 msgid "unknown signature version"
2212 msgid "unknown signature version"
@@ -1891,9 +2236,10 b' msgstr ""'
1891 msgid "hg sigs"
2236 msgid "hg sigs"
1892 msgstr ""
2237 msgstr ""
1893
2238
1894 msgid ""
2239 msgid "command to view revision graphs from a shell"
1895 "command to view revision graphs from a shell\n"
2240 msgstr ""
1896 "\n"
2241
2242 msgid ""
1897 "This extension adds a --graph option to the incoming, outgoing and log\n"
2243 "This extension adds a --graph option to the incoming, outgoing and log\n"
1898 "commands. When this options is given, an ASCII representation of the\n"
2244 "commands. When this options is given, an ASCII representation of the\n"
1899 "revision graph is also shown.\n"
2245 "revision graph is also shown.\n"
@@ -1903,12 +2249,15 b' msgstr ""'
1903 msgid "--graph option is incompatible with --%s"
2249 msgid "--graph option is incompatible with --%s"
1904 msgstr ""
2250 msgstr ""
1905
2251
1906 msgid ""
2252 msgid "show revision history alongside an ASCII revision graph"
1907 "show revision history alongside an ASCII revision graph\n"
2253 msgstr ""
1908 "\n"
2254
2255 msgid ""
1909 " Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with\n"
2256 " Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with\n"
1910 " ASCII characters.\n"
2257 " ASCII characters."
1911 "\n"
2258 msgstr ""
2259
2260 msgid ""
1912 " Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n"
2261 " Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n"
1913 " directory.\n"
2262 " directory.\n"
1914 " "
2263 " "
@@ -1936,12 +2285,15 b' msgstr ""'
1936 msgid "hg glog [OPTION]... [FILE]"
2285 msgid "hg glog [OPTION]... [FILE]"
1937 msgstr ""
2286 msgstr ""
1938
2287
1939 msgid ""
2288 msgid "hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service"
1940 "hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service\n"
2289 msgstr ""
1941 "\n"
2290
2291 msgid ""
1942 "This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook. To\n"
2292 "This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook. To\n"
1943 "configure it, set the following options in your hgrc::\n"
2293 "configure it, set the following options in your hgrc::"
1944 "\n"
2294 msgstr ""
2295
2296 msgid ""
1945 " [cia]\n"
2297 " [cia]\n"
1946 " # your registered CIA user name\n"
2298 " # your registered CIA user name\n"
1947 " user = foo\n"
2299 " user = foo\n"
@@ -1961,13 +2313,17 b' msgid ""'
1961 " # Make sure to set email.from if you do this.\n"
2313 " # Make sure to set email.from if you do this.\n"
1962 " #url = http://cia.vc/\n"
2314 " #url = http://cia.vc/\n"
1963 " # print message instead of sending it (optional)\n"
2315 " # print message instead of sending it (optional)\n"
1964 " #test = False\n"
2316 " #test = False"
1965 "\n"
2317 msgstr ""
2318
2319 msgid ""
1966 " [hooks]\n"
2320 " [hooks]\n"
1967 " # one of these:\n"
2321 " # one of these:\n"
1968 " changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
2322 " changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
1969 " #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
2323 " #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook"
1970 "\n"
2324 msgstr ""
2325
2326 msgid ""
1971 " [web]\n"
2327 " [web]\n"
1972 " # If you want hyperlinks (optional)\n"
2328 " # If you want hyperlinks (optional)\n"
1973 " baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n"
2329 " baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n"
@@ -1980,32 +2336,45 b' msgstr ""'
1980 msgid "email.from must be defined when sending by email"
2336 msgid "email.from must be defined when sending by email"
1981 msgstr ""
2337 msgstr ""
1982
2338
1983 msgid ""
2339 msgid "browse the repository in a graphical way"
1984 "browse the repository in a graphical way\n"
2340 msgstr ""
1985 "\n"
2341
2342 msgid ""
1986 "The hgk extension allows browsing the history of a repository in a\n"
2343 "The hgk extension allows browsing the history of a repository in a\n"
1987 "graphical way. It requires Tcl/Tk version 8.4 or later. (Tcl/Tk is not\n"
2344 "graphical way. It requires Tcl/Tk version 8.4 or later. (Tcl/Tk is not\n"
1988 "distributed with Mercurial.)\n"
2345 "distributed with Mercurial.)"
1989 "\n"
2346 msgstr ""
2347
2348 msgid ""
1990 "hgk consists of two parts: a Tcl script that does the displaying and\n"
2349 "hgk consists of two parts: a Tcl script that does the displaying and\n"
1991 "querying of information, and an extension to Mercurial named hgk.py,\n"
2350 "querying of information, and an extension to Mercurial named hgk.py,\n"
1992 "which provides hooks for hgk to get information. hgk can be found in\n"
2351 "which provides hooks for hgk to get information. hgk can be found in\n"
1993 "the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext\n"
2352 "the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext\n"
1994 "repository, and needs to be enabled.\n"
2353 "repository, and needs to be enabled."
1995 "\n"
2354 msgstr ""
2355
2356 msgid ""
1996 "The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n"
2357 "The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n"
1997 "to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify\n"
2358 "to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify\n"
1998 "the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::\n"
2359 "the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::"
1999 "\n"
2360 msgstr ""
2361
2362 msgid ""
2000 " [hgk]\n"
2363 " [hgk]\n"
2001 " path=/location/of/hgk\n"
2364 " path=/location/of/hgk"
2002 "\n"
2365 msgstr ""
2366
2367 msgid ""
2003 "hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.\n"
2368 "hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.\n"
2004 "Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add::\n"
2369 "Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add::"
2005 "\n"
2370 msgstr ""
2371
2372 msgid ""
2006 " [hgk]\n"
2373 " [hgk]\n"
2007 " vdiff=vdiff\n"
2374 " vdiff=vdiff"
2008 "\n"
2375 msgstr ""
2376
2377 msgid ""
2009 "Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire\n"
2378 "Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire\n"
2010 "vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.\n"
2379 "vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.\n"
2011 msgstr ""
2380 msgstr ""
@@ -2091,18 +2460,23 b' msgstr ""'
2091 msgid "hg debug-rev-list [OPTION]... REV..."
2460 msgid "hg debug-rev-list [OPTION]... REV..."
2092 msgstr ""
2461 msgstr ""
2093
2462
2094 msgid ""
2463 msgid "syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)"
2095 "syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)\n"
2464 msgstr ""
2096 "\n"
2465
2466 msgid ""
2097 "It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:\n"
2467 "It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:\n"
2098 "http://pygments.org/\n"
2468 "http://pygments.org/"
2099 "\n"
2469 msgstr ""
2100 "There is a single configuration option::\n"
2470
2101 "\n"
2471 msgid "There is a single configuration option::"
2472 msgstr ""
2473
2474 msgid ""
2102 " [web]\n"
2475 " [web]\n"
2103 " pygments_style = <style>\n"
2476 " pygments_style = <style>"
2104 "\n"
2477 msgstr ""
2105 "The default is 'colorful'.\n"
2478
2479 msgid "The default is 'colorful'.\n"
2106 msgstr ""
2480 msgstr ""
2107
2481
2108 msgid "accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service"
2482 msgid "accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service"
@@ -2111,9 +2485,10 b' msgstr ""'
2111 msgid "start an inotify server for this repository"
2485 msgid "start an inotify server for this repository"
2112 msgstr ""
2486 msgstr ""
2113
2487
2114 msgid ""
2488 msgid "debugging information for inotify extension"
2115 "debugging information for inotify extension\n"
2489 msgstr ""
2116 "\n"
2490
2491 msgid ""
2117 " Prints the list of directories being watched by the inotify server.\n"
2492 " Prints the list of directories being watched by the inotify server.\n"
2118 " "
2493 " "
2119 msgstr ""
2494 msgstr ""
@@ -2269,20 +2644,24 b' msgstr ""'
2269 msgid "finished setup\n"
2644 msgid "finished setup\n"
2270 msgstr ""
2645 msgstr ""
2271
2646
2272 msgid ""
2647 msgid "expand expressions into changelog and summaries"
2273 "expand expressions into changelog and summaries\n"
2648 msgstr ""
2274 "\n"
2649
2650 msgid ""
2275 "This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries, which\n"
2651 "This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries, which\n"
2276 "will be automatically expanded into links or any other arbitrary\n"
2652 "will be automatically expanded into links or any other arbitrary\n"
2277 "expression, much like InterWiki does.\n"
2653 "expression, much like InterWiki does."
2278 "\n"
2654 msgstr ""
2655
2656 msgid ""
2279 "A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used\n"
2657 "A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used\n"
2280 "in your hgrc::\n"
2658 "in your hgrc::"
2281 "\n"
2659 msgstr ""
2660
2661 msgid ""
2282 " [interhg]\n"
2662 " [interhg]\n"
2283 " issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href=\"http://bts/issue\\1\">issue\\1</a>!\n"
2663 " issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href=\"http://bts/issue\\1\">issue\\1</a>!\n"
2284 " bugzilla = s!((?:bug|b=|(?=#?\\d{4,}))(?:\\s*#?)(\\d+))!<a..=\\2\">\\1</a>!"
2664 " bugzilla = s!((?:bug|b=|(?=#?\\d{4,}))(?:\\s*#?)(\\d+))!<a..=\\2\">\\1</a>!i\n"
2285 "i\n"
2286 " boldify = s!(^|\\s)#(\\d+)\\b! <b>#\\2</b>!\n"
2665 " boldify = s!(^|\\s)#(\\d+)\\b! <b>#\\2</b>!\n"
2287 msgstr ""
2666 msgstr ""
2288
2667
@@ -2294,52 +2673,76 b' msgstr ""'
2294 msgid "interhg: invalid regexp for %s: %s\n"
2673 msgid "interhg: invalid regexp for %s: %s\n"
2295 msgstr ""
2674 msgstr ""
2296
2675
2297 msgid ""
2676 msgid "expand keywords in tracked files"
2298 "expand keywords in tracked files\n"
2677 msgstr ""
2299 "\n"
2678
2679 msgid ""
2300 "This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$ in\n"
2680 "This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$ in\n"
2301 "tracked text files selected by your configuration.\n"
2681 "tracked text files selected by your configuration."
2302 "\n"
2682 msgstr ""
2683
2684 msgid ""
2303 "Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the\n"
2685 "Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the\n"
2304 "change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the\n"
2686 "change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the\n"
2305 "current user or for archive distribution.\n"
2687 "current user or for archive distribution."
2306 "\n"
2688 msgstr ""
2689
2690 msgid ""
2307 "Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of\n"
2691 "Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of\n"
2308 "hgrc files.\n"
2692 "hgrc files."
2309 "\n"
2693 msgstr ""
2310 "Example::\n"
2694
2311 "\n"
2695 msgid "Example::"
2696 msgstr ""
2697
2698 msgid ""
2312 " [keyword]\n"
2699 " [keyword]\n"
2313 " # expand keywords in every python file except those matching \"x*\"\n"
2700 " # expand keywords in every python file except those matching \"x*\"\n"
2314 " **.py =\n"
2701 " **.py =\n"
2315 " x* = ignore\n"
2702 " x* = ignore"
2316 "\n"
2703 msgstr ""
2704
2705 msgid ""
2317 "NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you\n"
2706 "NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you\n"
2318 "lose speed in huge repositories.\n"
2707 "lose speed in huge repositories."
2319 "\n"
2708 msgstr ""
2709
2710 msgid ""
2320 "For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n"
2711 "For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n"
2321 "control run \"hg kwdemo\". See \"hg help templates\" for a list of\n"
2712 "control run \"hg kwdemo\". See \"hg help templates\" for a list of\n"
2322 "available templates and filters.\n"
2713 "available templates and filters."
2323 "\n"
2714 msgstr ""
2715
2716 msgid ""
2324 "An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided. It\n"
2717 "An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided. It\n"
2325 "returns a date like \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\".\n"
2718 "returns a date like \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\"."
2326 "\n"
2719 msgstr ""
2720
2721 msgid ""
2327 "The default template mappings (view with \"hg kwdemo -d\") can be\n"
2722 "The default template mappings (view with \"hg kwdemo -d\") can be\n"
2328 "replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run \"hg\n"
2723 "replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run \"hg\n"
2329 "kwdemo\" to control the results of your config changes.\n"
2724 "kwdemo\" to control the results of your config changes."
2330 "\n"
2725 msgstr ""
2726
2727 msgid ""
2331 "Before changing/disabling active keywords, run \"hg kwshrink\" to avoid\n"
2728 "Before changing/disabling active keywords, run \"hg kwshrink\" to avoid\n"
2332 "the risk of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change\n"
2729 "the risk of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change\n"
2333 "history.\n"
2730 "history."
2334 "\n"
2731 msgstr ""
2732
2733 msgid ""
2335 "To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run\n"
2734 "To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run\n"
2336 "\"hg kwexpand\".\n"
2735 "\"hg kwexpand\"."
2337 "\n"
2736 msgstr ""
2737
2738 msgid ""
2338 "Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord,\n"
2739 "Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord,\n"
2339 "be aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run \"hg kwexpand\" on\n"
2740 "be aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run \"hg kwexpand\" on\n"
2340 "the files in question to update keyword expansions after all changes\n"
2741 "the files in question to update keyword expansions after all changes\n"
2341 "have been checked in.\n"
2742 "have been checked in."
2342 "\n"
2743 msgstr ""
2744
2745 msgid ""
2343 "Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,\n"
2746 "Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,\n"
2344 "like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map \"Log =\n"
2747 "like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map \"Log =\n"
2345 "{desc}\" expands to the first line of the changeset description.\n"
2748 "{desc}\" expands to the first line of the changeset description.\n"
@@ -2359,17 +2762,23 b' msgstr ""'
2359 msgid "no [keyword] patterns configured"
2762 msgid "no [keyword] patterns configured"
2360 msgstr ""
2763 msgstr ""
2361
2764
2362 msgid ""
2765 msgid "print [keywordmaps] configuration and an expansion example"
2363 "print [keywordmaps] configuration and an expansion example\n"
2766 msgstr ""
2364 "\n"
2767
2768 msgid ""
2365 " Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their\n"
2769 " Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their\n"
2366 " expansions.\n"
2770 " expansions."
2367 "\n"
2771 msgstr ""
2772
2773 msgid ""
2368 " Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments\n"
2774 " Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments\n"
2369 " and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file.\n"
2775 " and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file."
2370 "\n"
2776 msgstr ""
2371 " Use -d/--default to disable current configuration.\n"
2777
2372 "\n"
2778 msgid " Use -d/--default to disable current configuration."
2779 msgstr ""
2780
2781 msgid ""
2373 " See \"hg help templates\" for information on templates and filters.\n"
2782 " See \"hg help templates\" for information on templates and filters.\n"
2374 " "
2783 " "
2375 msgstr ""
2784 msgstr ""
@@ -2416,31 +2825,42 b' msgid ""'
2416 "\tkeywords expanded\n"
2825 "\tkeywords expanded\n"
2417 msgstr ""
2826 msgstr ""
2418
2827
2419 msgid ""
2828 msgid "expand keywords in the working directory"
2420 "expand keywords in the working directory\n"
2829 msgstr ""
2421 "\n"
2830
2422 " Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion.\n"
2831 msgid " Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion."
2423 "\n"
2832 msgstr ""
2833
2834 msgid ""
2424 " kwexpand refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2835 " kwexpand refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2425 " "
2836 " "
2426 msgstr ""
2837 msgstr ""
2427
2838
2428 msgid ""
2839 msgid "show files configured for keyword expansion"
2429 "show files configured for keyword expansion\n"
2840 msgstr ""
2430 "\n"
2841
2842 msgid ""
2431 " List which files in the working directory are matched by the\n"
2843 " List which files in the working directory are matched by the\n"
2432 " [keyword] configuration patterns.\n"
2844 " [keyword] configuration patterns."
2433 "\n"
2845 msgstr ""
2846
2847 msgid ""
2434 " Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up\n"
2848 " Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up\n"
2435 " execution by including only files that are actual candidates for\n"
2849 " execution by including only files that are actual candidates for\n"
2436 " expansion.\n"
2850 " expansion."
2437 "\n"
2851 msgstr ""
2852
2853 msgid ""
2438 " See \"hg help keyword\" on how to construct patterns both for\n"
2854 " See \"hg help keyword\" on how to construct patterns both for\n"
2439 " inclusion and exclusion of files.\n"
2855 " inclusion and exclusion of files."
2440 "\n"
2856 msgstr ""
2857
2858 msgid ""
2441 " With -A/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status\n"
2859 " With -A/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status\n"
2442 " of files are::\n"
2860 " of files are::"
2443 "\n"
2861 msgstr ""
2862
2863 msgid ""
2444 " K = keyword expansion candidate\n"
2864 " K = keyword expansion candidate\n"
2445 " k = keyword expansion candidate (not tracked)\n"
2865 " k = keyword expansion candidate (not tracked)\n"
2446 " I = ignored\n"
2866 " I = ignored\n"
@@ -2448,12 +2868,15 b' msgid ""'
2448 " "
2868 " "
2449 msgstr ""
2869 msgstr ""
2450
2870
2451 msgid ""
2871 msgid "revert expanded keywords in the working directory"
2452 "revert expanded keywords in the working directory\n"
2872 msgstr ""
2453 "\n"
2873
2874 msgid ""
2454 " Run before changing/disabling active keywords or if you experience\n"
2875 " Run before changing/disabling active keywords or if you experience\n"
2455 " problems with \"hg import\" or \"hg merge\".\n"
2876 " problems with \"hg import\" or \"hg merge\"."
2456 "\n"
2877 msgstr ""
2878
2879 msgid ""
2457 " kwshrink refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2880 " kwshrink refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2458 " "
2881 " "
2459 msgstr ""
2882 msgstr ""
@@ -2491,25 +2914,35 b' msgstr ""'
2491 msgid "hg kwshrink [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
2914 msgid "hg kwshrink [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
2492 msgstr ""
2915 msgstr ""
2493
2916
2494 msgid ""
2917 msgid "manage a stack of patches"
2495 "manage a stack of patches\n"
2918 msgstr ""
2496 "\n"
2919
2920 msgid ""
2497 "This extension lets you work with a stack of patches in a Mercurial\n"
2921 "This extension lets you work with a stack of patches in a Mercurial\n"
2498 "repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and\n"
2922 "repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and\n"
2499 "applied patches (subset of known patches).\n"
2923 "applied patches (subset of known patches)."
2500 "\n"
2924 msgstr ""
2925
2926 msgid ""
2501 "Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches\n"
2927 "Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches\n"
2502 "directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.\n"
2928 "directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets."
2503 "\n"
2929 msgstr ""
2504 "Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details)::\n"
2930
2505 "\n"
2931 msgid "Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details)::"
2932 msgstr ""
2933
2934 msgid ""
2506 " prepare repository to work with patches qinit\n"
2935 " prepare repository to work with patches qinit\n"
2507 " create new patch qnew\n"
2936 " create new patch qnew\n"
2508 " import existing patch qimport\n"
2937 " import existing patch qimport"
2509 "\n"
2938 msgstr ""
2939
2940 msgid ""
2510 " print patch series qseries\n"
2941 " print patch series qseries\n"
2511 " print applied patches qapplied\n"
2942 " print applied patches qapplied"
2512 "\n"
2943 msgstr ""
2944
2945 msgid ""
2513 " add known patch to applied stack qpush\n"
2946 " add known patch to applied stack qpush\n"
2514 " remove patch from applied stack qpop\n"
2947 " remove patch from applied stack qpop\n"
2515 " refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh\n"
2948 " refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh\n"
@@ -2751,9 +3184,7 b' msgstr ""'
2751 msgid "cannot refresh a revision with children"
3184 msgid "cannot refresh a revision with children"
2752 msgstr ""
3185 msgstr ""
2753
3186
2754 msgid ""
3187 msgid "refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to recover)\n"
2755 "refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to "
2756 "recover)\n"
2757 msgstr ""
3188 msgstr ""
2758
3189
2759 msgid "patch queue directory already exists"
3190 msgid "patch queue directory already exists"
@@ -2847,13 +3278,15 b' msgstr ""'
2847 msgid "adding %s to series file\n"
3278 msgid "adding %s to series file\n"
2848 msgstr ""
3279 msgstr ""
2849
3280
2850 msgid ""
3281 msgid "remove patches from queue"
2851 "remove patches from queue\n"
3282 msgstr ""
2852 "\n"
3283
2853 " The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. "
3284 msgid ""
2854 "With\n"
3285 " The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. With\n"
2855 " -k/--keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory.\n"
3286 " -k/--keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory."
2856 "\n"
3287 msgstr ""
3288
3289 msgid ""
2857 " To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,\n"
3290 " To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,\n"
2858 " use the qfinish command."
3291 " use the qfinish command."
2859 msgstr ""
3292 msgstr ""
@@ -2870,38 +3303,50 b' msgstr ""'
2870 msgid "all patches applied\n"
3303 msgid "all patches applied\n"
2871 msgstr ""
3304 msgstr ""
2872
3305
2873 msgid ""
3306 msgid "import a patch"
2874 "import a patch\n"
3307 msgstr ""
2875 "\n"
3308
3309 msgid ""
2876 " The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied\n"
3310 " The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied\n"
2877 " patch. If no patches have been applied, qimport prepends the patch\n"
3311 " patch. If no patches have been applied, qimport prepends the patch\n"
2878 " to the series.\n"
3312 " to the series."
2879 "\n"
3313 msgstr ""
3314
3315 msgid ""
2880 " The patch will have the same name as its source file unless you\n"
3316 " The patch will have the same name as its source file unless you\n"
2881 " give it a new one with -n/--name.\n"
3317 " give it a new one with -n/--name."
2882 "\n"
3318 msgstr ""
3319
3320 msgid ""
2883 " You can register an existing patch inside the patch directory with\n"
3321 " You can register an existing patch inside the patch directory with\n"
2884 " the -e/--existing flag.\n"
3322 " the -e/--existing flag."
2885 "\n"
3323 msgstr ""
3324
3325 msgid ""
2886 " With -f/--force, an existing patch of the same name will be\n"
3326 " With -f/--force, an existing patch of the same name will be\n"
2887 " overwritten.\n"
3327 " overwritten."
2888 "\n"
3328 msgstr ""
3329
3330 msgid ""
2889 " An existing changeset may be placed under mq control with -r/--rev\n"
3331 " An existing changeset may be placed under mq control with -r/--rev\n"
2890 " (e.g. qimport --rev tip -n patch will place tip under mq control).\n"
3332 " (e.g. qimport --rev tip -n patch will place tip under mq control).\n"
2891 " With -g/--git, patches imported with --rev will use the git diff\n"
3333 " With -g/--git, patches imported with --rev will use the git diff\n"
2892 " format. See the diffs help topic for information on why this is\n"
3334 " format. See the diffs help topic for information on why this is\n"
2893 " important for preserving rename/copy information and permission\n"
3335 " important for preserving rename/copy information and permission\n"
2894 " changes.\n"
3336 " changes."
2895 "\n"
3337 msgstr ""
3338
3339 msgid ""
2896 " To import a patch from standard input, pass - as the patch file.\n"
3340 " To import a patch from standard input, pass - as the patch file.\n"
2897 " When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified\n"
3341 " When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified\n"
2898 " using the --name flag.\n"
3342 " using the --name flag.\n"
2899 " "
3343 " "
2900 msgstr ""
3344 msgstr ""
2901
3345
2902 msgid ""
3346 msgid "init a new queue repository"
2903 "init a new queue repository\n"
3347 msgstr ""
2904 "\n"
3348
3349 msgid ""
2905 " The queue repository is unversioned by default. If\n"
3350 " The queue repository is unversioned by default. If\n"
2906 " -c/--create-repo is specified, qinit will create a separate nested\n"
3351 " -c/--create-repo is specified, qinit will create a separate nested\n"
2907 " repository for patches (qinit -c may also be run later to convert\n"
3352 " repository for patches (qinit -c may also be run later to convert\n"
@@ -2909,18 +3354,23 b' msgid ""'
2909 " qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository."
3354 " qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository."
2910 msgstr ""
3355 msgstr ""
2911
3356
2912 msgid ""
3357 msgid "clone main and patch repository at same time"
2913 "clone main and patch repository at same time\n"
3358 msgstr ""
2914 "\n"
3359
3360 msgid ""
2915 " If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If\n"
3361 " If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If\n"
2916 " source is remote, this command can not check if patches are\n"
3362 " source is remote, this command can not check if patches are\n"
2917 " applied in source, so cannot guarantee that patches are not\n"
3363 " applied in source, so cannot guarantee that patches are not\n"
2918 " applied in destination. If you clone remote repository, be sure\n"
3364 " applied in destination. If you clone remote repository, be sure\n"
2919 " before that it has no patches applied.\n"
3365 " before that it has no patches applied."
2920 "\n"
3366 msgstr ""
3367
3368 msgid ""
2921 " Source patch repository is looked for in <src>/.hg/patches by\n"
3369 " Source patch repository is looked for in <src>/.hg/patches by\n"
2922 " default. Use -p <url> to change.\n"
3370 " default. Use -p <url> to change."
2923 "\n"
3371 msgstr ""
3372
3373 msgid ""
2924 " The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as\n"
3374 " The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as\n"
2925 " would be created by qinit -c.\n"
3375 " would be created by qinit -c.\n"
2926 " "
3376 " "
@@ -2956,25 +3406,32 b' msgstr ""'
2956 msgid "print the name of the previous patch"
3406 msgid "print the name of the previous patch"
2957 msgstr ""
3407 msgstr ""
2958
3408
2959 msgid ""
3409 msgid "create a new patch"
2960 "create a new patch\n"
3410 msgstr ""
2961 "\n"
3411
3412 msgid ""
2962 " qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently-applied patch (if\n"
3413 " qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently-applied patch (if\n"
2963 " any). It will refuse to run if there are any outstanding changes\n"
3414 " any). It will refuse to run if there are any outstanding changes\n"
2964 " unless -f/--force is specified, in which case the patch will be\n"
3415 " unless -f/--force is specified, in which case the patch will be\n"
2965 " initialized with them. You may also use -I/--include,\n"
3416 " initialized with them. You may also use -I/--include,\n"
2966 " -X/--exclude, and/or a list of files after the patch name to add\n"
3417 " -X/--exclude, and/or a list of files after the patch name to add\n"
2967 " only changes to matching files to the new patch, leaving the rest\n"
3418 " only changes to matching files to the new patch, leaving the rest\n"
2968 " as uncommitted modifications.\n"
3419 " as uncommitted modifications."
2969 "\n"
3420 msgstr ""
3421
3422 msgid ""
2970 " -u/--user and -d/--date can be used to set the (given) user and\n"
3423 " -u/--user and -d/--date can be used to set the (given) user and\n"
2971 " date, respectively. -U/--currentuser and -D/--currentdate set user\n"
3424 " date, respectively. -U/--currentuser and -D/--currentdate set user\n"
2972 " to current user and date to current date.\n"
3425 " to current user and date to current date."
2973 "\n"
3426 msgstr ""
3427
3428 msgid ""
2974 " -e/--edit, -m/--message or -l/--logfile set the patch header as\n"
3429 " -e/--edit, -m/--message or -l/--logfile set the patch header as\n"
2975 " well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is\n"
3430 " well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is\n"
2976 " empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'.\n"
3431 " empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'."
2977 "\n"
3432 msgstr ""
3433
3434 msgid ""
2978 " Use the -g/--git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff\n"
3435 " Use the -g/--git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff\n"
2979 " format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this\n"
3436 " format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this\n"
2980 " is important for preserving permission changes and copy/rename\n"
3437 " is important for preserving permission changes and copy/rename\n"
@@ -2982,16 +3439,21 b' msgid ""'
2982 " "
3439 " "
2983 msgstr ""
3440 msgstr ""
2984
3441
2985 msgid ""
3442 msgid "update the current patch"
2986 "update the current patch\n"
3443 msgstr ""
2987 "\n"
3444
3445 msgid ""
2988 " If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will\n"
3446 " If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will\n"
2989 " contain only the modifications that match those patterns; the\n"
3447 " contain only the modifications that match those patterns; the\n"
2990 " remaining modifications will remain in the working directory.\n"
3448 " remaining modifications will remain in the working directory."
2991 "\n"
3449 msgstr ""
3450
3451 msgid ""
2992 " If -s/--short is specified, files currently included in the patch\n"
3452 " If -s/--short is specified, files currently included in the patch\n"
2993 " will be refreshed just like matched files and remain in the patch.\n"
3453 " will be refreshed just like matched files and remain in the patch."
2994 "\n"
3454 msgstr ""
3455
3456 msgid ""
2995 " hg add/remove/copy/rename work as usual, though you might want to\n"
3457 " hg add/remove/copy/rename work as usual, though you might want to\n"
2996 " use git-style patches (-g/--git or [diff] git=1) to track copies\n"
3458 " use git-style patches (-g/--git or [diff] git=1) to track copies\n"
2997 " and renames. See the diffs help topic for more information on the\n"
3459 " and renames. See the diffs help topic for more information on the\n"
@@ -3002,14 +3464,17 b' msgstr ""'
3002 msgid "option \"-e\" incompatible with \"-m\" or \"-l\""
3464 msgid "option \"-e\" incompatible with \"-m\" or \"-l\""
3003 msgstr ""
3465 msgstr ""
3004
3466
3005 msgid ""
3467 msgid "diff of the current patch and subsequent modifications"
3006 "diff of the current patch and subsequent modifications\n"
3468 msgstr ""
3007 "\n"
3469
3470 msgid ""
3008 " Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any\n"
3471 " Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any\n"
3009 " changes which have been made in the working directory since the\n"
3472 " changes which have been made in the working directory since the\n"
3010 " last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become\n"
3473 " last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become\n"
3011 " after a qrefresh).\n"
3474 " after a qrefresh)."
3012 "\n"
3475 msgstr ""
3476
3477 msgid ""
3013 " Use 'hg diff' if you only want to see the changes made since the\n"
3478 " Use 'hg diff' if you only want to see the changes made since the\n"
3014 " last qrefresh, or 'hg export qtip' if you want to see changes made\n"
3479 " last qrefresh, or 'hg export qtip' if you want to see changes made\n"
3015 " by the current patch without including changes made since the\n"
3480 " by the current patch without including changes made since the\n"
@@ -3017,16 +3482,19 b' msgid ""'
3017 " "
3482 " "
3018 msgstr ""
3483 msgstr ""
3019
3484
3020 msgid ""
3485 msgid "fold the named patches into the current patch"
3021 "fold the named patches into the current patch\n"
3486 msgstr ""
3022 "\n"
3487
3488 msgid ""
3023 " Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively\n"
3489 " Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively\n"
3024 " applied to the current patch in the order given. If all the\n"
3490 " applied to the current patch in the order given. If all the\n"
3025 " patches apply successfully, the current patch will be refreshed\n"
3491 " patches apply successfully, the current patch will be refreshed\n"
3026 " with the new cumulative patch, and the folded patches will be\n"
3492 " with the new cumulative patch, and the folded patches will be\n"
3027 " deleted. With -k/--keep, the folded patch files will not be\n"
3493 " deleted. With -k/--keep, the folded patch files will not be\n"
3028 " removed afterwards.\n"
3494 " removed afterwards."
3029 "\n"
3495 msgstr ""
3496
3497 msgid ""
3030 " The header for each folded patch will be concatenated with the\n"
3498 " The header for each folded patch will be concatenated with the\n"
3031 " current patch header, separated by a line of '* * *'."
3499 " current patch header, separated by a line of '* * *'."
3032 msgstr ""
3500 msgstr ""
@@ -3052,19 +3520,24 b' msgstr ""'
3052 msgid "push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack"
3520 msgid "push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack"
3053 msgstr ""
3521 msgstr ""
3054
3522
3055 msgid ""
3523 msgid "set or print guards for a patch"
3056 "set or print guards for a patch\n"
3524 msgstr ""
3057 "\n"
3525
3526 msgid ""
3058 " Guards control whether a patch can be pushed. A patch with no\n"
3527 " Guards control whether a patch can be pushed. A patch with no\n"
3059 " guards is always pushed. A patch with a positive guard (\"+foo\") is\n"
3528 " guards is always pushed. A patch with a positive guard (\"+foo\") is\n"
3060 " pushed only if the qselect command has activated it. A patch with\n"
3529 " pushed only if the qselect command has activated it. A patch with\n"
3061 " a negative guard (\"-foo\") is never pushed if the qselect command\n"
3530 " a negative guard (\"-foo\") is never pushed if the qselect command\n"
3062 " has activated it.\n"
3531 " has activated it."
3063 "\n"
3532 msgstr ""
3533
3534 msgid ""
3064 " With no arguments, print the currently active guards.\n"
3535 " With no arguments, print the currently active guards.\n"
3065 " With arguments, set guards for the named patch.\n"
3536 " With arguments, set guards for the named patch.\n"
3066 " NOTE: Specifying negative guards now requires '--'.\n"
3537 " NOTE: Specifying negative guards now requires '--'."
3067 "\n"
3538 msgstr ""
3539
3540 msgid ""
3068 " To set guards on another patch:\n"
3541 " To set guards on another patch:\n"
3069 " hg qguard -- other.patch +2.6.17 -stable\n"
3542 " hg qguard -- other.patch +2.6.17 -stable\n"
3070 " "
3543 " "
@@ -3083,9 +3556,10 b' msgstr ""'
3083 msgid "print the header of the topmost or specified patch"
3556 msgid "print the header of the topmost or specified patch"
3084 msgstr ""
3557 msgstr ""
3085
3558
3086 msgid ""
3559 msgid "push the next patch onto the stack"
3087 "push the next patch onto the stack\n"
3560 msgstr ""
3088 "\n"
3561
3562 msgid ""
3089 " When -f/--force is applied, all local changes in patched files\n"
3563 " When -f/--force is applied, all local changes in patched files\n"
3090 " will be lost.\n"
3564 " will be lost.\n"
3091 " "
3565 " "
@@ -3098,9 +3572,10 b' msgstr ""'
3098 msgid "merging with queue at: %s\n"
3572 msgid "merging with queue at: %s\n"
3099 msgstr ""
3573 msgstr ""
3100
3574
3101 msgid ""
3575 msgid "pop the current patch off the stack"
3102 "pop the current patch off the stack\n"
3576 msgstr ""
3103 "\n"
3577
3578 msgid ""
3104 " By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch\n"
3579 " By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch\n"
3105 " name, keeps popping off patches until the named patch is at the\n"
3580 " name, keeps popping off patches until the named patch is at the\n"
3106 " top of the stack.\n"
3581 " top of the stack.\n"
@@ -3111,9 +3586,10 b' msgstr ""'
3111 msgid "using patch queue: %s\n"
3586 msgid "using patch queue: %s\n"
3112 msgstr ""
3587 msgstr ""
3113
3588
3114 msgid ""
3589 msgid "rename a patch"
3115 "rename a patch\n"
3590 msgstr ""
3116 "\n"
3591
3592 msgid ""
3117 " With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.\n"
3593 " With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.\n"
3118 " With two arguments, renames PATCH1 to PATCH2."
3594 " With two arguments, renames PATCH1 to PATCH2."
3119 msgstr ""
3595 msgstr ""
@@ -3144,45 +3620,59 b' msgstr ""'
3144 msgid "copy %s to %s\n"
3620 msgid "copy %s to %s\n"
3145 msgstr ""
3621 msgstr ""
3146
3622
3147 msgid ""
3623 msgid "strip a revision and all its descendants from the repository"
3148 "strip a revision and all its descendants from the repository\n"
3624 msgstr ""
3149 "\n"
3625
3626 msgid ""
3150 " If one of the working directory's parent revisions is stripped, the\n"
3627 " If one of the working directory's parent revisions is stripped, the\n"
3151 " working directory will be updated to the parent of the stripped\n"
3628 " working directory will be updated to the parent of the stripped\n"
3152 " revision.\n"
3629 " revision.\n"
3153 " "
3630 " "
3154 msgstr ""
3631 msgstr ""
3155
3632
3156 msgid ""
3633 msgid "set or print guarded patches to push"
3157 "set or print guarded patches to push\n"
3634 msgstr ""
3158 "\n"
3635
3636 msgid ""
3159 " Use the qguard command to set or print guards on patch, then use\n"
3637 " Use the qguard command to set or print guards on patch, then use\n"
3160 " qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if\n"
3638 " qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if\n"
3161 " it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently\n"
3639 " it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently\n"
3162 " selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards\n"
3640 " selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards\n"
3163 " match the current guard. For example:\n"
3641 " match the current guard. For example:"
3164 "\n"
3642 msgstr ""
3643
3644 msgid ""
3165 " qguard foo.patch -stable (negative guard)\n"
3645 " qguard foo.patch -stable (negative guard)\n"
3166 " qguard bar.patch +stable (positive guard)\n"
3646 " qguard bar.patch +stable (positive guard)\n"
3167 " qselect stable\n"
3647 " qselect stable"
3168 "\n"
3648 msgstr ""
3649
3650 msgid ""
3169 " This activates the \"stable\" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because\n"
3651 " This activates the \"stable\" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because\n"
3170 " it has a negative match) but push bar.patch (because it has a\n"
3652 " it has a negative match) but push bar.patch (because it has a\n"
3171 " positive match).\n"
3653 " positive match)."
3172 "\n"
3654 msgstr ""
3655
3656 msgid ""
3173 " With no arguments, prints the currently active guards.\n"
3657 " With no arguments, prints the currently active guards.\n"
3174 " With one argument, sets the active guard.\n"
3658 " With one argument, sets the active guard."
3175 "\n"
3659 msgstr ""
3660
3661 msgid ""
3176 " Use -n/--none to deactivate guards (no other arguments needed).\n"
3662 " Use -n/--none to deactivate guards (no other arguments needed).\n"
3177 " When no guards are active, patches with positive guards are\n"
3663 " When no guards are active, patches with positive guards are\n"
3178 " skipped and patches with negative guards are pushed.\n"
3664 " skipped and patches with negative guards are pushed."
3179 "\n"
3665 msgstr ""
3666
3667 msgid ""
3180 " qselect can change the guards on applied patches. It does not pop\n"
3668 " qselect can change the guards on applied patches. It does not pop\n"
3181 " guarded patches by default. Use --pop to pop back to the last\n"
3669 " guarded patches by default. Use --pop to pop back to the last\n"
3182 " applied patch that is not guarded. Use --reapply (which implies\n"
3670 " applied patch that is not guarded. Use --reapply (which implies\n"
3183 " --pop) to push back to the current patch afterwards, but skip\n"
3671 " --pop) to push back to the current patch afterwards, but skip\n"
3184 " guarded patches.\n"
3672 " guarded patches."
3185 "\n"
3673 msgstr ""
3674
3675 msgid ""
3186 " Use -s/--series to print a list of all guards in the series file\n"
3676 " Use -s/--series to print a list of all guards in the series file\n"
3187 " (no other arguments needed). Use -v for more information."
3677 " (no other arguments needed). Use -v for more information."
3188 msgstr ""
3678 msgstr ""
@@ -3216,18 +3706,23 b' msgstr ""'
3216 msgid "reapplying unguarded patches\n"
3706 msgid "reapplying unguarded patches\n"
3217 msgstr ""
3707 msgstr ""
3218
3708
3219 msgid ""
3709 msgid "move applied patches into repository history"
3220 "move applied patches into repository history\n"
3710 msgstr ""
3221 "\n"
3711
3712 msgid ""
3222 " Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied\n"
3713 " Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied\n"
3223 " patches) by moving them out of mq control into regular repository\n"
3714 " patches) by moving them out of mq control into regular repository\n"
3224 " history.\n"
3715 " history."
3225 "\n"
3716 msgstr ""
3717
3718 msgid ""
3226 " Accepts a revision range or the -a/--applied option. If --applied\n"
3719 " Accepts a revision range or the -a/--applied option. If --applied\n"
3227 " is specified, all applied mq revisions are removed from mq\n"
3720 " is specified, all applied mq revisions are removed from mq\n"
3228 " control. Otherwise, the given revisions must be at the base of the\n"
3721 " control. Otherwise, the given revisions must be at the base of the\n"
3229 " stack of applied patches.\n"
3722 " stack of applied patches."
3230 "\n"
3723 msgstr ""
3724
3725 msgid ""
3231 " This can be especially useful if your changes have been applied to\n"
3726 " This can be especially useful if your changes have been applied to\n"
3232 " an upstream repository, or if you are about to push your changes\n"
3727 " an upstream repository, or if you are about to push your changes\n"
3233 " to upstream.\n"
3728 " to upstream.\n"
@@ -3494,33 +3989,47 b' msgstr ""'
3494 msgid "hg qfinish [-a] [REV]..."
3989 msgid "hg qfinish [-a] [REV]..."
3495 msgstr ""
3990 msgstr ""
3496
3991
3497 msgid ""
3992 msgid "hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time"
3498 "hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time\n"
3993 msgstr ""
3499 "\n"
3994
3995 msgid ""
3500 "Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to\n"
3996 "Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to\n"
3501 "print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.\n"
3997 "print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring."
3502 "\n"
3998 msgstr ""
3999
4000 msgid ""
3503 "To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like\n"
4001 "To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like\n"
3504 "this::\n"
4002 "this::"
3505 "\n"
4003 msgstr ""
4004
4005 msgid ""
3506 " [extensions]\n"
4006 " [extensions]\n"
3507 " notify =\n"
4007 " notify ="
3508 "\n"
4008 msgstr ""
4009
4010 msgid ""
3509 " [hooks]\n"
4011 " [hooks]\n"
3510 " # one email for each incoming changeset\n"
4012 " # one email for each incoming changeset\n"
3511 " incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
4013 " incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
3512 " # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time\n"
4014 " # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time\n"
3513 " changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
4015 " changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook"
3514 "\n"
4016 msgstr ""
4017
4018 msgid ""
3515 " [notify]\n"
4019 " [notify]\n"
3516 " # config items go here\n"
4020 " # config items go here"
3517 "\n"
4021 msgstr ""
3518 "Required configuration items::\n"
4022
3519 "\n"
4023 msgid "Required configuration items::"
3520 " config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions\n"
4024 msgstr ""
3521 "\n"
4025
3522 "Optional configuration items::\n"
4026 msgid " config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions"
3523 "\n"
4027 msgstr ""
4028
4029 msgid "Optional configuration items::"
4030 msgstr ""
4031
4032 msgid ""
3524 " test = True # print messages to stdout for testing\n"
4033 " test = True # print messages to stdout for testing\n"
3525 " strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths\n"
4034 " strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths\n"
3526 " domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain\n"
4035 " domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain\n"
@@ -3531,31 +4040,40 b' msgid ""'
3531 " maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)\n"
4040 " maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)\n"
3532 " maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this\n"
4041 " maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this\n"
3533 " diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content\n"
4042 " diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content\n"
3534 " sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this "
4043 " sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this list\n"
3535 "list\n"
3536 " # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)\n"
4044 " # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)\n"
3537 " merge = False # send notification for merges (default True)\n"
4045 " merge = False # send notification for merges (default True)\n"
3538 " [email]\n"
4046 " [email]\n"
3539 " from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given\n"
4047 " from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given\n"
3540 " [web]\n"
4048 " [web]\n"
3541 " baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits\n"
4049 " baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits"
3542 "\n"
4050 msgstr ""
4051
4052 msgid ""
3543 "The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has\n"
4053 "The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has\n"
3544 "two sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is\n"
4054 "two sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is\n"
3545 "handier for you.\n"
4055 "handier for you."
3546 "\n"
4056 msgstr ""
3547 "::\n"
4057
3548 "\n"
4058 msgid "::"
4059 msgstr ""
4060
4061 msgid ""
3549 " [usersubs]\n"
4062 " [usersubs]\n"
3550 " # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob patterns\n"
4063 " # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob patterns\n"
3551 " user@host = pattern\n"
4064 " user@host = pattern"
3552 "\n"
4065 msgstr ""
4066
4067 msgid ""
3553 " [reposubs]\n"
4068 " [reposubs]\n"
3554 " # key is glob pattern, value is \",\"-separated list of subscriber emails\n"
4069 " # key is glob pattern, value is \",\"-separated list of subscriber emails\n"
3555 " pattern = user@host\n"
4070 " pattern = user@host"
3556 "\n"
4071 msgstr ""
3557 "Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.\n"
4072
3558 "\n"
4073 msgid "Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root."
4074 msgstr ""
4075
4076 msgid ""
3559 "If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users\n"
4077 "If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users\n"
3560 "can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.\n"
4078 "can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.\n"
3561 msgstr ""
4079 msgstr ""
@@ -3571,134 +4089,183 b' msgstr ""'
3571 #, python-format
4089 #, python-format
3572 msgid ""
4090 msgid ""
3573 "\n"
4091 "\n"
3574 "diffs (truncated from %d to %d lines):\n"
4092 "diffs (truncated from %d to %d lines):"
3575 "\n"
4093 msgstr ""
3576 msgstr ""
4094
3577
4095 #, python-format
3578 #, python-format
4096 msgid ""
3579 msgid ""
4097 "\n"
3580 "\n"
4098 "diffs (%d lines):"
3581 "diffs (%d lines):\n"
3582 "\n"
3583 msgstr ""
4099 msgstr ""
3584
4100
3585 #, python-format
4101 #, python-format
3586 msgid "notify: suppressing notification for merge %d:%s\n"
4102 msgid "notify: suppressing notification for merge %d:%s\n"
3587 msgstr ""
4103 msgstr ""
3588
4104
3589 msgid ""
4105 msgid "browse command output with an external pager"
3590 "browse command output with an external pager\n"
4106 msgstr ""
3591 "\n"
4107
3592 "To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable::\n"
4108 msgid "To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable::"
3593 "\n"
4109 msgstr ""
4110
4111 msgid ""
3594 " [pager]\n"
4112 " [pager]\n"
3595 " pager = LESS='FSRX' less\n"
4113 " pager = LESS='FSRX' less"
3596 "\n"
4114 msgstr ""
4115
4116 msgid ""
3597 "If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable\n"
4117 "If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable\n"
3598 "$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used.\n"
4118 "$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used."
3599 "\n"
4119 msgstr ""
4120
4121 msgid ""
3600 "If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them by\n"
4122 "If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them by\n"
3601 "setting::\n"
4123 "setting::"
3602 "\n"
4124 msgstr ""
4125
4126 msgid ""
3603 " [pager]\n"
4127 " [pager]\n"
3604 " quiet = True\n"
4128 " quiet = True"
3605 "\n"
4129 msgstr ""
4130
4131 msgid ""
3606 "You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the\n"
4132 "You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the\n"
3607 "pager.ignore list::\n"
4133 "pager.ignore list::"
3608 "\n"
4134 msgstr ""
4135
4136 msgid ""
3609 " [pager]\n"
4137 " [pager]\n"
3610 " ignore = version, help, update\n"
4138 " ignore = version, help, update"
3611 "\n"
4139 msgstr ""
4140
4141 msgid ""
3612 "You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using\n"
4142 "You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using\n"
3613 "pager.attend::\n"
4143 "pager.attend::"
3614 "\n"
4144 msgstr ""
4145
4146 msgid ""
3615 " [pager]\n"
4147 " [pager]\n"
3616 " attend = log\n"
4148 " attend = log"
3617 "\n"
4149 msgstr ""
3618 "If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored.\n"
4150
3619 "\n"
4151 msgid "If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored."
4152 msgstr ""
4153
4154 msgid ""
3620 "To ignore global commands like \"hg version\" or \"hg help\", you have to\n"
4155 "To ignore global commands like \"hg version\" or \"hg help\", you have to\n"
3621 "specify them in the global .hgrc\n"
4156 "specify them in the global .hgrc\n"
3622 msgstr ""
4157 msgstr ""
3623
4158
3624 msgid ""
4159 msgid "interpret suffixes to refer to ancestor revisions"
3625 "interpret suffixes to refer to ancestor revisions\n"
4160 msgstr ""
3626 "\n"
4161
4162 msgid ""
3627 "This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to the\n"
4163 "This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to the\n"
3628 "ancestors of a specific revision.\n"
4164 "ancestors of a specific revision."
3629 "\n"
4165 msgstr ""
3630 "For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then::\n"
4166
3631 "\n"
4167 msgid "For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then::"
4168 msgstr ""
4169
4170 msgid ""
3632 " foo^N = Nth parent of foo\n"
4171 " foo^N = Nth parent of foo\n"
3633 " foo^0 = foo\n"
4172 " foo^0 = foo\n"
3634 " foo^1 = first parent of foo\n"
4173 " foo^1 = first parent of foo\n"
3635 " foo^2 = second parent of foo\n"
4174 " foo^2 = second parent of foo\n"
3636 " foo^ = foo^1\n"
4175 " foo^ = foo^1"
3637 "\n"
4176 msgstr ""
4177
4178 msgid ""
3638 " foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo\n"
4179 " foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo\n"
3639 " foo~0 = foo\n"
4180 " foo~0 = foo\n"
3640 " foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo\n"
4181 " foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo\n"
3641 " foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo\n"
4182 " foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo\n"
3642 msgstr ""
4183 msgstr ""
3643
4184
3644 msgid ""
4185 msgid "command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails"
3645 "command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails\n"
4186 msgstr ""
3646 "\n"
4187
4188 msgid ""
3647 "The series is started off with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\" introduction, which\n"
4189 "The series is started off with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\" introduction, which\n"
3648 "describes the series as a whole.\n"
4190 "describes the series as a whole."
3649 "\n"
4191 msgstr ""
4192
4193 msgid ""
3650 "Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using the\n"
4194 "Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using the\n"
3651 "first line of the changeset description as the subject text. The\n"
4195 "first line of the changeset description as the subject text. The\n"
3652 "message contains two or three body parts:\n"
4196 "message contains two or three body parts:"
3653 "\n"
4197 msgstr ""
4198
4199 msgid ""
3654 "- The changeset description.\n"
4200 "- The changeset description.\n"
3655 "- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n"
4201 "- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n"
3656 "- The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\".\n"
4202 "- The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\"."
3657 "\n"
4203 msgstr ""
4204
4205 msgid ""
3658 "Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To\n"
4206 "Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To\n"
3659 "and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded\n"
4207 "and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded\n"
3660 "mail and news readers, and in mail archives.\n"
4208 "mail and news readers, and in mail archives."
3661 "\n"
4209 msgstr ""
4210
4211 msgid ""
3662 "With the -d/--diffstat option, you will be prompted for each changeset\n"
4212 "With the -d/--diffstat option, you will be prompted for each changeset\n"
3663 "with a diffstat summary and the changeset summary, so you can be sure\n"
4213 "with a diffstat summary and the changeset summary, so you can be sure\n"
3664 "you are sending the right changes.\n"
4214 "you are sending the right changes."
3665 "\n"
4215 msgstr ""
4216
4217 msgid ""
3666 "To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc\n"
4218 "To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc\n"
3667 "file::\n"
4219 "file::"
3668 "\n"
4220 msgstr ""
4221
4222 msgid ""
3669 " [email]\n"
4223 " [email]\n"
3670 " from = My Name <my@email>\n"
4224 " from = My Name <my@email>\n"
3671 " to = recipient1, recipient2, ...\n"
4225 " to = recipient1, recipient2, ...\n"
3672 " cc = cc1, cc2, ...\n"
4226 " cc = cc1, cc2, ...\n"
3673 " bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ...\n"
4227 " bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ..."
3674 "\n"
4228 msgstr ""
4229
4230 msgid ""
3675 "Then you can use the \"hg email\" command to mail a series of changesets\n"
4231 "Then you can use the \"hg email\" command to mail a series of changesets\n"
3676 "as a patchbomb.\n"
4232 "as a patchbomb."
3677 "\n"
4233 msgstr ""
4234
4235 msgid ""
3678 "To avoid sending patches prematurely, it is a good idea to first run\n"
4236 "To avoid sending patches prematurely, it is a good idea to first run\n"
3679 "the \"email\" command with the \"-n\" option (test only). You will be\n"
4237 "the \"email\" command with the \"-n\" option (test only). You will be\n"
3680 "prompted for an email recipient address, a subject and an introductory\n"
4238 "prompted for an email recipient address, a subject and an introductory\n"
3681 "message describing the patches of your patchbomb. Then when all is\n"
4239 "message describing the patches of your patchbomb. Then when all is\n"
3682 "done, patchbomb messages are displayed. If the PAGER environment\n"
4240 "done, patchbomb messages are displayed. If the PAGER environment\n"
3683 "variable is set, your pager will be fired up once for each patchbomb\n"
4241 "variable is set, your pager will be fired up once for each patchbomb\n"
3684 "message, so you can verify everything is alright.\n"
4242 "message, so you can verify everything is alright."
3685 "\n"
4243 msgstr ""
4244
4245 msgid ""
3686 "The -m/--mbox option is also very useful. Instead of previewing each\n"
4246 "The -m/--mbox option is also very useful. Instead of previewing each\n"
3687 "patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will\n"
4247 "patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will\n"
3688 "create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file\n"
4248 "create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file\n"
3689 "can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox\n"
4249 "can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox\n"
3690 "files, e.g. with mutt::\n"
4250 "files, e.g. with mutt::"
3691 "\n"
4251 msgstr ""
3692 " % mutt -R -f mbox\n"
4252
3693 "\n"
4253 msgid " % mutt -R -f mbox"
4254 msgstr ""
4255
4256 msgid ""
3694 "When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``\n"
4257 "When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``\n"
3695 "(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail\n"
4258 "(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail\n"
3696 "package), to send each message out::\n"
4259 "package), to send each message out::"
3697 "\n"
4260 msgstr ""
3698 " % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox\n"
4261
3699 "\n"
4262 msgid " % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox"
3700 "That should be all. Now your patchbomb is on its way out.\n"
4263 msgstr ""
3701 "\n"
4264
4265 msgid "That should be all. Now your patchbomb is on its way out."
4266 msgstr ""
4267
4268 msgid ""
3702 "You can also either configure the method option in the email section\n"
4269 "You can also either configure the method option in the email section\n"
3703 "to be a sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so\n"
4270 "to be a sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so\n"
3704 "that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs\n"
4271 "that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs\n"
@@ -3719,53 +4286,66 b' msgstr ""'
3719 msgid "diffstat rejected"
4286 msgid "diffstat rejected"
3720 msgstr ""
4287 msgstr ""
3721
4288
3722 msgid ""
4289 msgid "send changesets by email"
3723 "send changesets by email\n"
4290 msgstr ""
3724 "\n"
4291
4292 msgid ""
3725 " By default, diffs are sent in the format generated by hg export,\n"
4293 " By default, diffs are sent in the format generated by hg export,\n"
3726 " one per message. The series starts with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\"\n"
4294 " one per message. The series starts with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\"\n"
3727 " introduction, which describes the series as a whole.\n"
4295 " introduction, which describes the series as a whole."
3728 "\n"
4296 msgstr ""
4297
4298 msgid ""
3729 " Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n"
4299 " Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n"
3730 " the first line of the changeset description as the subject text.\n"
4300 " the first line of the changeset description as the subject text.\n"
3731 " The message contains two or three parts. First, the changeset\n"
4301 " The message contains two or three parts. First, the changeset\n"
3732 " description. Next, (optionally) if the diffstat program is\n"
4302 " description. Next, (optionally) if the diffstat program is\n"
3733 " installed and -d/--diffstat is used, the result of running\n"
4303 " installed and -d/--diffstat is used, the result of running\n"
3734 " diffstat on the patch. Finally, the patch itself, as generated by\n"
4304 " diffstat on the patch. Finally, the patch itself, as generated by\n"
3735 " \"hg export\".\n"
4305 " \"hg export\"."
3736 "\n"
4306 msgstr ""
4307
4308 msgid ""
3737 " By default the patch is included as text in the email body for\n"
4309 " By default the patch is included as text in the email body for\n"
3738 " easy reviewing. Using the -a/--attach option will instead create\n"
4310 " easy reviewing. Using the -a/--attach option will instead create\n"
3739 " an attachment for the patch. With -i/--inline an inline attachment\n"
4311 " an attachment for the patch. With -i/--inline an inline attachment\n"
3740 " will be created.\n"
4312 " will be created."
3741 "\n"
4313 msgstr ""
4314
4315 msgid ""
3742 " With -o/--outgoing, emails will be generated for patches not found\n"
4316 " With -o/--outgoing, emails will be generated for patches not found\n"
3743 " in the destination repository (or only those which are ancestors\n"
4317 " in the destination repository (or only those which are ancestors\n"
3744 " of the specified revisions if any are provided)\n"
4318 " of the specified revisions if any are provided)"
3745 "\n"
4319 msgstr ""
4320
4321 msgid ""
3746 " With -b/--bundle, changesets are selected as for --outgoing, but a\n"
4322 " With -b/--bundle, changesets are selected as for --outgoing, but a\n"
3747 " single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an attachment\n"
4323 " single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an attachment\n"
3748 " will be sent.\n"
4324 " will be sent."
3749 "\n"
4325 msgstr ""
3750 " Examples::\n"
4326
3751 "\n"
4327 msgid ""
3752 " hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only\n"
4328 " hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only\n"
3753 " hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001\n"
4329 " hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001\n"
3754 " hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005\n"
4330 " hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005\n"
3755 " hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)\n"
4331 " hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)"
3756 "\n"
4332 msgstr ""
4333
4334 msgid ""
3757 " hg email -o # send all patches not in default\n"
4335 " hg email -o # send all patches not in default\n"
3758 " hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST\n"
4336 " hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST\n"
3759 " hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
4337 " hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
3760 " hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST\n"
4338 " hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST"
3761 "\n"
4339 msgstr ""
4340
4341 msgid ""
3762 " hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default\n"
4342 " hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default\n"
3763 " hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n"
4343 " hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n"
3764 " hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
4344 " hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
3765 "default\n"
4345 " hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST"
3766 " hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
4346 msgstr ""
3767 "DEST\n"
4347
3768 "\n"
4348 msgid ""
3769 " Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your\n"
4349 " Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your\n"
3770 " hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.\n"
4350 " hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.\n"
3771 " "
4351 " "
@@ -3785,14 +4365,11 b' msgstr ""'
3785
4365
3786 msgid ""
4366 msgid ""
3787 "\n"
4367 "\n"
3788 "Write the introductory message for the patch series.\n"
4368 "Write the introductory message for the patch series."
3789 "\n"
4369 msgstr ""
3790 msgstr ""
4370
3791
4371 #, python-format
3792 #, python-format
4372 msgid "This patch series consists of %d patches."
3793 msgid ""
3794 "This patch series consists of %d patches.\n"
3795 "\n"
3796 msgstr ""
4373 msgstr ""
3797
4374
3798 msgid "Final summary:\n"
4375 msgid "Final summary:\n"
@@ -3879,27 +4456,38 b' msgstr ""'
3879 msgid "command to delete untracked files from the working directory"
4456 msgid "command to delete untracked files from the working directory"
3880 msgstr ""
4457 msgstr ""
3881
4458
3882 msgid ""
4459 msgid "removes files not tracked by Mercurial"
3883 "removes files not tracked by Mercurial\n"
4460 msgstr ""
3884 "\n"
4461
4462 msgid ""
3885 " Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local\n"
4463 " Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local\n"
3886 " and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree.\n"
4464 " and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree."
3887 "\n"
4465 msgstr ""
3888 " This means that purge will delete:\n"
4466
3889 "\n"
4467 msgid " This means that purge will delete:"
4468 msgstr ""
4469
4470 msgid ""
3890 " - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n"
4471 " - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n"
3891 " - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless\n"
4472 " - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless\n"
3892 " they contain files under source control management\n"
4473 " they contain files under source control management"
3893 "\n"
4474 msgstr ""
3894 " But it will leave untouched:\n"
4475
3895 "\n"
4476 msgid " But it will leave untouched:"
4477 msgstr ""
4478
4479 msgid ""
3896 " - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n"
4480 " - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n"
3897 " - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n"
4481 " - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n"
3898 " - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")\n"
4482 " - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")"
3899 "\n"
4483 msgstr ""
4484
4485 msgid ""
3900 " If directories are given on the command line, only files in these\n"
4486 " If directories are given on the command line, only files in these\n"
3901 " directories are considered.\n"
4487 " directories are considered."
3902 "\n"
4488 msgstr ""
4489
4490 msgid ""
3903 " Be careful with purge, as you could irreversibly delete some files\n"
4491 " Be careful with purge, as you could irreversibly delete some files\n"
3904 " you forgot to add to the repository. If you only want to print the\n"
4492 " you forgot to add to the repository. If you only want to print the\n"
3905 " list of files that this program would delete, use the --print\n"
4493 " list of files that this program would delete, use the --print\n"
@@ -3938,23 +4526,29 b' msgstr ""'
3938 msgid "hg purge [OPTION]... [DIR]..."
4526 msgid "hg purge [OPTION]... [DIR]..."
3939 msgstr ""
4527 msgstr ""
3940
4528
3941 msgid ""
4529 msgid "command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor"
3942 "command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor\n"
4530 msgstr ""
3943 "\n"
4531
4532 msgid ""
3944 "This extension lets you rebase changesets in an existing Mercurial\n"
4533 "This extension lets you rebase changesets in an existing Mercurial\n"
3945 "repository.\n"
4534 "repository."
3946 "\n"
4535 msgstr ""
4536
4537 msgid ""
3947 "For more information:\n"
4538 "For more information:\n"
3948 "http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\n"
4539 "http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\n"
3949 msgstr ""
4540 msgstr ""
3950
4541
3951 msgid ""
4542 msgid "move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch"
3952 "move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch\n"
4543 msgstr ""
3953 "\n"
4544
4545 msgid ""
3954 " Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of\n"
4546 " Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of\n"
3955 " history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local\n"
4547 " history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local\n"
3956 " changes relative to a master development tree.\n"
4548 " changes relative to a master development tree."
3957 "\n"
4549 msgstr ""
4550
4551 msgid ""
3958 " If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be\n"
4552 " If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be\n"
3959 " continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.\n"
4553 " continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.\n"
3960 " "
4554 " "
@@ -4050,9 +4644,7 b' msgstr ""'
4050 msgid "abort an interrupted rebase"
4644 msgid "abort an interrupted rebase"
4051 msgstr ""
4645 msgstr ""
4052
4646
4053 msgid ""
4647 msgid "hg rebase [-s REV | -b REV] [-d REV] [--collapse] [--keep] [--keepbranches] | [-c] | [-a]"
4054 "hg rebase [-s REV | -b REV] [-d REV] [--collapse] [--keep] [--keepbranches] "
4055 "| [-c] | [-a]"
4056 msgstr ""
4648 msgstr ""
4057
4649
4058 msgid "commands to interactively select changes for commit/qrefresh"
4650 msgid "commands to interactively select changes for commit/qrefresh"
@@ -4119,30 +4711,41 b' msgstr ""'
4119 msgid "record change %d/%d to %r?"
4711 msgid "record change %d/%d to %r?"
4120 msgstr ""
4712 msgstr ""
4121
4713
4122 msgid ""
4714 msgid "interactively select changes to commit"
4123 "interactively select changes to commit\n"
4715 msgstr ""
4124 "\n"
4716
4717 msgid ""
4125 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
4718 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
4126 " will be candidates for recording.\n"
4719 " will be candidates for recording."
4127 "\n"
4720 msgstr ""
4128 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
4721
4129 "\n"
4722 msgid " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
4723 msgstr ""
4724
4725 msgid ""
4130 " You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n"
4726 " You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n"
4131 " modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each\n"
4727 " modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each\n"
4132 " change to use. For each query, the following responses are\n"
4728 " change to use. For each query, the following responses are\n"
4133 " possible::\n"
4729 " possible::"
4134 "\n"
4730 msgstr ""
4731
4732 msgid ""
4135 " y - record this change\n"
4733 " y - record this change\n"
4136 " n - skip this change\n"
4734 " n - skip this change"
4137 "\n"
4735 msgstr ""
4736
4737 msgid ""
4138 " s - skip remaining changes to this file\n"
4738 " s - skip remaining changes to this file\n"
4139 " f - record remaining changes to this file\n"
4739 " f - record remaining changes to this file"
4140 "\n"
4740 msgstr ""
4741
4742 msgid ""
4141 " d - done, skip remaining changes and files\n"
4743 " d - done, skip remaining changes and files\n"
4142 " a - record all changes to all remaining files\n"
4744 " a - record all changes to all remaining files\n"
4143 " q - quit, recording no changes\n"
4745 " q - quit, recording no changes"
4144 "\n"
4746 msgstr ""
4145 " ? - display help"
4747
4748 msgid " ? - display help"
4146 msgstr ""
4749 msgstr ""
4147
4750
4148 msgid "'mq' extension not loaded"
4751 msgid "'mq' extension not loaded"
@@ -4166,12 +4769,15 b' msgstr ""'
4166 msgid "share a common history between several working directories"
4769 msgid "share a common history between several working directories"
4167 msgstr ""
4770 msgstr ""
4168
4771
4169 msgid ""
4772 msgid "create a new shared repository (experimental)"
4170 "create a new shared repository (experimental)\n"
4773 msgstr ""
4171 "\n"
4774
4775 msgid ""
4172 " Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its\n"
4776 " Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its\n"
4173 " history with another repository.\n"
4777 " history with another repository."
4174 "\n"
4778 msgstr ""
4779
4780 msgid ""
4175 " NOTE: actions that change history such as rollback or moving the\n"
4781 " NOTE: actions that change history such as rollback or moving the\n"
4176 " source may confuse sharers.\n"
4782 " source may confuse sharers.\n"
4177 " "
4783 " "
@@ -4183,11 +4789,13 b' msgstr ""'
4183 msgid "[-U] SOURCE [DEST]"
4789 msgid "[-U] SOURCE [DEST]"
4184 msgstr ""
4790 msgstr ""
4185
4791
4186 msgid ""
4792 msgid "command to transplant changesets from another branch"
4187 "command to transplant changesets from another branch\n"
4793 msgstr ""
4188 "\n"
4794
4189 "This extension allows you to transplant patches from another branch.\n"
4795 msgid "This extension allows you to transplant patches from another branch."
4190 "\n"
4796 msgstr ""
4797
4798 msgid ""
4191 "Transplanted patches are recorded in .hg/transplant/transplants, as a\n"
4799 "Transplanted patches are recorded in .hg/transplant/transplants, as a\n"
4192 "map from a changeset hash to its hash in the source repository.\n"
4800 "map from a changeset hash to its hash in the source repository.\n"
4193 msgstr ""
4801 msgstr ""
@@ -4242,38 +4850,52 b' msgstr ""'
4242 msgid "apply changeset? [ynmpcq?]:"
4850 msgid "apply changeset? [ynmpcq?]:"
4243 msgstr ""
4851 msgstr ""
4244
4852
4245 msgid ""
4853 msgid "transplant changesets from another branch"
4246 "transplant changesets from another branch\n"
4854 msgstr ""
4247 "\n"
4855
4856 msgid ""
4248 " Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working\n"
4857 " Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working\n"
4249 " directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is\n"
4858 " directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is\n"
4250 " specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form::\n"
4859 " specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form::"
4251 "\n"
4860 msgstr ""
4252 " (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)\n"
4861
4253 "\n"
4862 msgid " (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)"
4863 msgstr ""
4864
4865 msgid ""
4254 " You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.\n"
4866 " You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.\n"
4255 " Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message as\n"
4867 " Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message as\n"
4256 " $1 and the patch as $2.\n"
4868 " $1 and the patch as $2."
4257 "\n"
4869 msgstr ""
4870
4871 msgid ""
4258 " If --source/-s is specified, selects changesets from the named\n"
4872 " If --source/-s is specified, selects changesets from the named\n"
4259 " repository. If --branch/-b is specified, selects changesets from\n"
4873 " repository. If --branch/-b is specified, selects changesets from\n"
4260 " the branch holding the named revision, up to that revision. If\n"
4874 " the branch holding the named revision, up to that revision. If\n"
4261 " --all/-a is specified, all changesets on the branch will be\n"
4875 " --all/-a is specified, all changesets on the branch will be\n"
4262 " transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the\n"
4876 " transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the\n"
4263 " changesets you want.\n"
4877 " changesets you want."
4264 "\n"
4878 msgstr ""
4879
4880 msgid ""
4265 " hg transplant --branch REVISION --all will rebase the selected\n"
4881 " hg transplant --branch REVISION --all will rebase the selected\n"
4266 " branch (up to the named revision) onto your current working\n"
4882 " branch (up to the named revision) onto your current working\n"
4267 " directory.\n"
4883 " directory."
4268 "\n"
4884 msgstr ""
4885
4886 msgid ""
4269 " You can optionally mark selected transplanted changesets as merge\n"
4887 " You can optionally mark selected transplanted changesets as merge\n"
4270 " changesets. You will not be prompted to transplant any ancestors\n"
4888 " changesets. You will not be prompted to transplant any ancestors\n"
4271 " of a merged transplant, and you can merge descendants of them\n"
4889 " of a merged transplant, and you can merge descendants of them\n"
4272 " normally instead of transplanting them.\n"
4890 " normally instead of transplanting them."
4273 "\n"
4891 msgstr ""
4892
4893 msgid ""
4274 " If no merges or revisions are provided, hg transplant will start\n"
4894 " If no merges or revisions are provided, hg transplant will start\n"
4275 " an interactive changeset browser.\n"
4895 " an interactive changeset browser."
4276 "\n"
4896 msgstr ""
4897
4898 msgid ""
4277 " If a changeset application fails, you can fix the merge by hand\n"
4899 " If a changeset application fails, you can fix the merge by hand\n"
4278 " and then resume where you left off by calling hg transplant\n"
4900 " and then resume where you left off by calling hg transplant\n"
4279 " --continue/-c.\n"
4901 " --continue/-c.\n"
@@ -4325,38 +4947,49 b' msgstr ""'
4325 msgid "filter changesets through FILTER"
4947 msgid "filter changesets through FILTER"
4326 msgstr ""
4948 msgstr ""
4327
4949
4328 msgid ""
4950 msgid "hg transplant [-s REPOSITORY] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..."
4329 "hg transplant [-s REPOSITORY] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..."
4951 msgstr ""
4330 msgstr ""
4952
4331
4953 msgid "allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings"
4332 msgid ""
4954 msgstr ""
4333 "allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings\n"
4955
4334 "\n"
4956 msgid ""
4335 "Some MBCS encodings are not good for some path operations (i.e.\n"
4957 "Some MBCS encodings are not good for some path operations (i.e.\n"
4336 "splitting path, case conversion, etc.) with its encoded bytes. We call\n"
4958 "splitting path, case conversion, etc.) with its encoded bytes. We call\n"
4337 "such a encoding (i.e. shift_jis and big5) as \"problematic encoding\".\n"
4959 "such a encoding (i.e. shift_jis and big5) as \"problematic encoding\".\n"
4338 "This extension can be used to fix the issue with those encodings by\n"
4960 "This extension can be used to fix the issue with those encodings by\n"
4339 "wrapping some functions to convert to Unicode string before path\n"
4961 "wrapping some functions to convert to Unicode string before path\n"
4340 "operation.\n"
4962 "operation."
4341 "\n"
4963 msgstr ""
4342 "This extension is useful for:\n"
4964
4343 "\n"
4965 msgid "This extension is useful for:"
4966 msgstr ""
4967
4968 msgid ""
4344 "- Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.\n"
4969 "- Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.\n"
4345 "- Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.\n"
4970 "- Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.\n"
4346 "- All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on\n"
4971 "- All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on\n"
4347 " case-insensitive file system.\n"
4972 " case-insensitive file system."
4348 "\n"
4973 msgstr ""
4349 "This extension is not needed for:\n"
4974
4350 "\n"
4975 msgid "This extension is not needed for:"
4976 msgstr ""
4977
4978 msgid ""
4351 "- Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.\n"
4979 "- Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.\n"
4352 "- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings.\n"
4980 "- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings."
4353 "\n"
4981 msgstr ""
4354 "Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:\n"
4982
4355 "\n"
4983 msgid "Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:"
4984 msgstr ""
4985
4986 msgid ""
4356 "- You should use single encoding in one repository.\n"
4987 "- You should use single encoding in one repository.\n"
4357 "- You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or\n"
4988 "- You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or\n"
4358 " HGENCODING.\n"
4989 " HGENCODING."
4359 "\n"
4990 msgstr ""
4991
4992 msgid ""
4360 "Path encoding conversion are done between Unicode and\n"
4993 "Path encoding conversion are done between Unicode and\n"
4361 "encoding.encoding which is decided by Mercurial from current locale\n"
4994 "encoding.encoding which is decided by Mercurial from current locale\n"
4362 "setting or HGENCODING.\n"
4995 "setting or HGENCODING.\n"
@@ -4369,31 +5002,41 b' msgstr ""'
4369 msgid "[win32mbcs] cannot activate on this platform.\n"
5002 msgid "[win32mbcs] cannot activate on this platform.\n"
4370 msgstr ""
5003 msgstr ""
4371
5004
4372 msgid ""
5005 msgid "perform automatic newline conversion"
4373 "perform automatic newline conversion\n"
5006 msgstr ""
4374 "\n"
5007
4375 "To perform automatic newline conversion, use::\n"
5008 msgid "To perform automatic newline conversion, use::"
4376 "\n"
5009 msgstr ""
5010
5011 msgid ""
4377 " [extensions]\n"
5012 " [extensions]\n"
4378 " win32text =\n"
5013 " win32text =\n"
4379 " [encode]\n"
5014 " [encode]\n"
4380 " ** = cleverencode:\n"
5015 " ** = cleverencode:\n"
4381 " # or ** = macencode:\n"
5016 " # or ** = macencode:"
4382 "\n"
5017 msgstr ""
5018
5019 msgid ""
4383 " [decode]\n"
5020 " [decode]\n"
4384 " ** = cleverdecode:\n"
5021 " ** = cleverdecode:\n"
4385 " # or ** = macdecode:\n"
5022 " # or ** = macdecode:"
4386 "\n"
5023 msgstr ""
4387 "If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by "
5024
4388 "accident::\n"
5025 msgid "If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by accident::"
4389 "\n"
5026 msgstr ""
5027
5028 msgid ""
4390 " [hooks]\n"
5029 " [hooks]\n"
4391 " pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
5030 " pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
4392 " # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
5031 " # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr"
4393 "\n"
5032 msgstr ""
5033
5034 msgid ""
4394 "To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being\n"
5035 "To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being\n"
4395 "pushed or pulled::\n"
5036 "pushed or pulled::"
4396 "\n"
5037 msgstr ""
5038
5039 msgid ""
4397 " [hooks]\n"
5040 " [hooks]\n"
4398 " pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
5041 " pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
4399 " # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
5042 " # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
@@ -4419,13 +5062,21 b' msgstr ""'
4419 msgid ""
5062 msgid ""
4420 "\n"
5063 "\n"
4421 "To prevent this mistake in your local repository,\n"
5064 "To prevent this mistake in your local repository,\n"
4422 "add to Mercurial.ini or .hg/hgrc:\n"
5065 "add to Mercurial.ini or .hg/hgrc:"
4423 "\n"
5066 msgstr ""
5067
5068 #, python-format
5069 msgid ""
4424 "[hooks]\n"
5070 "[hooks]\n"
4425 "pretxncommit.%s = python:hgext.win32text.forbid%s\n"
5071 "pretxncommit.%s = python:hgext.win32text.forbid%s"
4426 "\n"
5072 msgstr ""
4427 "and also consider adding:\n"
5073
4428 "\n"
5074 #, python-format
5075 msgid "and also consider adding:"
5076 msgstr ""
5077
5078 #, python-format
5079 msgid ""
4429 "[extensions]\n"
5080 "[extensions]\n"
4430 "win32text =\n"
5081 "win32text =\n"
4431 "[encode]\n"
5082 "[encode]\n"
@@ -4434,21 +5085,29 b' msgid ""'
4434 "** = %sdecode:\n"
5085 "** = %sdecode:\n"
4435 msgstr ""
5086 msgstr ""
4436
5087
4437 msgid ""
5088 msgid "discover and advertise repositories on the local network"
4438 "discover and advertise repositories on the local network\n"
5089 msgstr ""
4439 "\n"
5090
5091 msgid ""
4440 "Zeroconf enabled repositories will be announced in a network without\n"
5092 "Zeroconf enabled repositories will be announced in a network without\n"
4441 "the need to configure a server or a service. They can be discovered\n"
5093 "the need to configure a server or a service. They can be discovered\n"
4442 "without knowing their actual IP address.\n"
5094 "without knowing their actual IP address."
4443 "\n"
5095 msgstr ""
5096
5097 msgid ""
4444 "To allow other people to discover your repository using run \"hg serve\"\n"
5098 "To allow other people to discover your repository using run \"hg serve\"\n"
4445 "in your repository::\n"
5099 "in your repository::"
4446 "\n"
5100 msgstr ""
5101
5102 msgid ""
4447 " $ cd test\n"
5103 " $ cd test\n"
4448 " $ hg serve\n"
5104 " $ hg serve"
4449 "\n"
5105 msgstr ""
4450 "You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\"::\n"
5106
4451 "\n"
5107 msgid "You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\"::"
5108 msgstr ""
5109
5110 msgid ""
4452 " $ hg paths\n"
5111 " $ hg paths\n"
4453 " zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n"
5112 " zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n"
4454 msgstr ""
5113 msgstr ""
@@ -4708,39 +5367,54 b' msgid "empty commit message"'
4708 msgstr ""
5367 msgstr ""
4709
5368
4710 #, fuzzy
5369 #, fuzzy
4711 msgid ""
5370 msgid "add the specified files on the next commit"
4712 "add the specified files on the next commit\n"
5371 msgstr "新增下次要 commit 的檔案"
4713 "\n"
5372
5373 #, fuzzy
5374 msgid ""
4714 " Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the\n"
5375 " Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the\n"
4715 " repository.\n"
5376 " repository."
4716 "\n"
5377 msgstr " 新增要納入版本控制並加到 repository 的檔案。"
5378
5379 #, fuzzy
5380 msgid ""
4717 " The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To\n"
5381 " The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To\n"
4718 " undo an add before that, see hg forget.\n"
5382 " undo an add before that, see hg forget."
4719 "\n"
5383 msgstr ""
5384 " 這些檔案將於下次 commit 時被加到 repository。\n"
5385 " 若想要回到新增檔案前的狀態,請參閱 hg revert 命令。"
5386
5387 #, fuzzy
5388 msgid ""
4720 " If no names are given, add all files to the repository.\n"
5389 " If no names are given, add all files to the repository.\n"
4721 " "
5390 " "
4722 msgstr ""
5391 msgstr ""
4723 "新增下次要 commit 的檔案\n"
4724 "\n"
4725 " 新增要納入版本控制並加到 repository 的檔案。\n"
4726 "\n"
4727 " 這些檔案將於下次 commit 時被加到 repository。\n"
4728 " 若想要回到新增檔案前的狀態,請參閱 hg revert 命令。\n"
4729 "\n"
4730 " 如果沒有指定檔案,則會將所有的檔案都標示為加到 repository。\n"
5392 " 如果沒有指定檔案,則會將所有的檔案都標示為加到 repository。\n"
4731 " "
5393 " "
4732
5394
4733 #, fuzzy
5395 #, fuzzy
4734 msgid ""
5396 msgid "add all new files, delete all missing files"
4735 "add all new files, delete all missing files\n"
5397 msgstr "新增所有未受版本控制的檔案,並刪除所有消失的檔案。"
4736 "\n"
5398
5399 #, fuzzy
5400 msgid ""
4737 " Add all new files and remove all missing files from the\n"
5401 " Add all new files and remove all missing files from the\n"
4738 " repository.\n"
5402 " repository."
4739 "\n"
5403 msgstr ""
5404 " 新增所有未加到 repository 的檔案,並移除已加到 repository\n"
5405 " 卻消失的檔案。"
5406
5407 #, fuzzy
5408 msgid ""
4740 " New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in\n"
5409 " New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in\n"
4741 " .hgignore. As with add, these changes take effect at the next\n"
5410 " .hgignore. As with add, these changes take effect at the next\n"
4742 " commit.\n"
5411 " commit."
4743 "\n"
5412 msgstr ""
5413 " 如果新的檔案中檔名有符合任一存在於 .hgignore 的樣式,\n"
5414 " 則該檔將被忽略。如同 add 命令,這些變更將於下次提交時發生效用。"
5415
5416 #, fuzzy
5417 msgid ""
4744 " Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a\n"
5418 " Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a\n"
4745 " parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with\n"
5419 " parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with\n"
4746 " every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This\n"
5420 " every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This\n"
@@ -4749,14 +5423,6 b' msgid ""'
4749 " can be expensive.\n"
5423 " can be expensive.\n"
4750 " "
5424 " "
4751 msgstr ""
5425 msgstr ""
4752 "新增所有未受版本控制的檔案,並刪除所有消失的檔案。\n"
4753 "\n"
4754 " 新增所有未加到 repository 的檔案,並移除已加到 repository\n"
4755 " 卻消失的檔案。\n"
4756 "\n"
4757 " 如果新的檔案中檔名有符合任一存在於 .hgignore 的樣式,\n"
4758 " 則該檔將被忽略。如同 add 命令,這些變更將於下次提交時發生效用。\n"
4759 "\n"
4760 " 可使用 -s/--similarity 選項去偵測更名的檔案。後面接著的是一個\n"
5426 " 可使用 -s/--similarity 選項去偵測更名的檔案。後面接著的是一個\n"
4761 " 大於 0 的參數,可用來比對每個被新增或移除的檔案,並試圖找出其\n"
5427 " 大於 0 的參數,可用來比對每個被新增或移除的檔案,並試圖找出其\n"
4762 " 更名的可能性。此選項需要指定一個介於 0 (不使用) 至\n"
5428 " 更名的可能性。此選項需要指定一個介於 0 (不使用) 至\n"
@@ -4770,29 +5436,30 b' msgstr "similarity \xe5\x8f\x83\xe6\x95\xb8\xe5\xbf\x85\xe9\xa0\x88\xe6\x98\xaf\xe6\x95\xb8\xe5\xad\x97"'
4770 msgid "similarity must be between 0 and 100"
5436 msgid "similarity must be between 0 and 100"
4771 msgstr "similarity 參數必須介於 0 至 100"
5437 msgstr "similarity 參數必須介於 0 至 100"
4772
5438
4773 msgid ""
5439 msgid "show changeset information by line for each file"
4774 "show changeset information by line for each file\n"
5440 msgstr "顯示每個檔案中每一行 changeset 的資訊"
4775 "\n"
5441
5442 msgid ""
5443 " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n"
5444 " each line"
5445 msgstr ""
4776 " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n"
5446 " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n"
4777 " each line\n"
5447 " each line"
4778 "\n"
5448
5449 msgid ""
4779 " This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n"
5450 " This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n"
4780 " by whom.\n"
5451 " by whom."
4781 "\n"
5452 msgstr ""
5453 " This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n"
5454 " by whom."
5455
5456 msgid ""
4782 " Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n"
5457 " Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n"
4783 " it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n"
5458 " it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n"
4784 " anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n"
5459 " anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n"
4785 " nor desirable.\n"
5460 " nor desirable.\n"
4786 " "
5461 " "
4787 msgstr ""
5462 msgstr ""
4788 "顯示每個檔案中每一行 changeset 的資訊\n"
4789 "\n"
4790 " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n"
4791 " each line\n"
4792 "\n"
4793 " This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n"
4794 " by whom.\n"
4795 "\n"
4796 " Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n"
5463 " Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n"
4797 " it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n"
5464 " it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n"
4798 " anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n"
5465 " anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n"
@@ -4810,49 +5477,57 b' msgid "%s: binary file\\n"'
4810 msgstr ""
5477 msgstr ""
4811
5478
4812 #, fuzzy
5479 #, fuzzy
4813 msgid ""
5480 msgid "create an unversioned archive of a repository revision"
4814 "create an unversioned archive of a repository revision\n"
5481 msgstr "建立一個沒有版本控制的版本封存"
4815 "\n"
5482
5483 #, fuzzy
5484 msgid ""
5485 " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n"
5486 " directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision."
5487 msgstr ""
4816 " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n"
5488 " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n"
4817 " directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision.\n"
5489 " directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision."
4818 "\n"
5490
5491 #, fuzzy
5492 msgid ""
4819 " To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n"
5493 " To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n"
4820 " types are::\n"
5494 " types are::"
4821 "\n"
5495 msgstr ""
5496 " To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n"
5497 " types are:"
5498
5499 #, fuzzy
5500 msgid ""
4822 " \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n"
5501 " \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n"
4823 " \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n"
5502 " \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n"
4824 " \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
5503 " \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
4825 " \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
5504 " \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
4826 " \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n"
5505 " \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n"
4827 " \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate\n"
5506 " \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate"
4828 "\n"
5507 msgstr ""
4829 " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n"
4830 " using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details.\n"
4831 "\n"
4832 " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n"
4833 " prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n"
4834 " prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n"
4835 " removed.\n"
4836 " "
4837 msgstr ""
4838 "建立一個沒有版本控制的版本封存\n"
4839 "\n"
4840 " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n"
4841 " directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision.\n"
4842 "\n"
4843 " To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n"
4844 " types are:\n"
4845 "\n"
4846 " \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n"
5508 " \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n"
4847 " \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n"
5509 " \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n"
4848 " \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
5510 " \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
4849 " \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
5511 " \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
4850 " \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n"
5512 " \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n"
4851 " \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate\n"
5513 " \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate"
4852 "\n"
5514
5515 #, fuzzy
5516 msgid ""
5517 " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n"
5518 " using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details."
5519 msgstr ""
4853 " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n"
5520 " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n"
4854 " using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details.\n"
5521 " using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details."
4855 "\n"
5522
5523 #, fuzzy
5524 msgid ""
5525 " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n"
5526 " prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n"
5527 " prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n"
5528 " removed.\n"
5529 " "
5530 msgstr ""
4856 " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n"
5531 " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n"
4857 " prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n"
5532 " prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n"
4858 " prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n"
5533 " prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n"
@@ -4868,40 +5543,35 b' msgstr ""'
4868 msgid "cannot archive plain files to stdout"
5543 msgid "cannot archive plain files to stdout"
4869 msgstr ""
5544 msgstr ""
4870
5545
4871 msgid ""
5546 msgid "reverse effect of earlier changeset"
4872 "reverse effect of earlier changeset\n"
5547 msgstr "回復先前 changeset 所作的變更"
4873 "\n"
5548
5549 msgid ""
4874 " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n"
5550 " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n"
4875 " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset.\n"
5551 " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset."
4876 "\n"
5552 msgstr ""
5553 " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n"
5554 " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset."
5555
5556 msgid ""
4877 " If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n"
5557 " If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n"
4878 " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n"
5558 " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n"
4879 " backout changeset with another head.\n"
5559 " backout changeset with another head."
4880 "\n"
5560 msgstr ""
5561 " If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n"
5562 " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n"
5563 " backout changeset with another head."
5564
5565 msgid ""
4881 " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n"
5566 " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n"
4882 " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n"
5567 " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n"
4883 " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n"
5568 " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n"
4884 " The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge.\n"
5569 " The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge."
4885 "\n"
5570 msgstr ""
4886 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
4887 " "
4888 msgstr ""
4889 "回復先前 changeset 所作的變更\n"
4890 "\n"
4891 " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n"
4892 " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset.\n"
4893 "\n"
4894 " If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n"
4895 " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n"
4896 " backout changeset with another head.\n"
4897 "\n"
4898 " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n"
5571 " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n"
4899 " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n"
5572 " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n"
4900 " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n"
5573 " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n"
4901 " The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge.\n"
5574 " The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge."
4902 "\n"
4903 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
4904 " "
4905
5575
4906 msgid "please specify just one revision"
5576 msgid "please specify just one revision"
4907 msgstr ""
5577 msgstr ""
@@ -4939,9 +5609,10 b' msgstr ""'
4939 msgid "(use \"backout --merge\" if you want to auto-merge)\n"
5609 msgid "(use \"backout --merge\" if you want to auto-merge)\n"
4940 msgstr ""
5610 msgstr ""
4941
5611
4942 msgid ""
5612 msgid "subdivision search of changesets"
4943 "subdivision search of changesets\n"
5613 msgstr "對 changesets 作二分法搜尋"
4944 "\n"
5614
5615 msgid ""
4945 " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n"
5616 " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n"
4946 " use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n"
5617 " use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n"
4947 " bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n"
5618 " bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n"
@@ -4949,20 +5620,8 b' msgid ""'
4949 " for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n"
5620 " for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n"
4950 " you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n"
5621 " you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n"
4951 " bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n"
5622 " bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n"
4952 " or announce that it has found the bad revision.\n"
5623 " or announce that it has found the bad revision."
4953 "\n"
5624 msgstr ""
4954 " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n"
4955 " revision as good or bad without checking it out first.\n"
4956 "\n"
4957 " If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n"
4958 " Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n"
4959 " status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n"
4960 " (command not found) will abort the bisection, and any other\n"
4961 " non-zero exit status means the revision is bad.\n"
4962 " "
4963 msgstr ""
4964 "對 changesets 作二分法搜尋\n"
4965 "\n"
4966 " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n"
5625 " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n"
4967 " use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n"
5626 " use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n"
4968 " bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n"
5627 " bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n"
@@ -4970,11 +5629,23 b' msgstr ""'
4970 " for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n"
5629 " for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n"
4971 " you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n"
5630 " you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n"
4972 " bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n"
5631 " bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n"
4973 " or announce that it has found the bad revision.\n"
5632 " or announce that it has found the bad revision."
4974 "\n"
5633
5634 msgid ""
5635 " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n"
5636 " revision as good or bad without checking it out first."
5637 msgstr ""
4975 " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n"
5638 " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n"
4976 " revision as good or bad without checking it out first.\n"
5639 " revision as good or bad without checking it out first."
4977 "\n"
5640
5641 msgid ""
5642 " If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n"
5643 " Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n"
5644 " status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n"
5645 " (command not found) will abort the bisection, and any other\n"
5646 " non-zero exit status means the revision is bad.\n"
5647 " "
5648 msgstr ""
4978 " If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n"
5649 " If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n"
4979 " Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n"
5650 " Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n"
4980 " status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n"
5651 " status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n"
@@ -5023,41 +5694,47 b' msgid "Testing changeset %d:%s (%d chang'
5023 msgstr ""
5694 msgstr ""
5024
5695
5025 #, fuzzy
5696 #, fuzzy
5026 msgid ""
5697 msgid "set or show the current branch name"
5027 "set or show the current branch name\n"
5698 msgstr "設定或顯示目前的 branch 名稱"
5028 "\n"
5699
5700 #, fuzzy
5701 msgid ""
5702 " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n"
5703 " set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n"
5704 " in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n"
5705 " recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n"
5706 " branch."
5707 msgstr ""
5029 " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n"
5708 " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n"
5030 " set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n"
5709 " set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n"
5031 " in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n"
5710 " in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n"
5032 " recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n"
5711 " recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n"
5033 " branch.\n"
5712 " branch."
5034 "\n"
5713
5714 #, fuzzy
5715 msgid ""
5035 " Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n"
5716 " Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n"
5036 " branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive.\n"
5717 " branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive."
5037 "\n"
5718 msgstr ""
5719 " Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n"
5720 " branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive."
5721
5722 #, fuzzy
5723 msgid ""
5038 " Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n"
5724 " Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n"
5039 " the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n"
5725 " the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n"
5040 " change.\n"
5726 " change."
5041 "\n"
5727 msgstr ""
5728 " Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n"
5729 " the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n"
5730 " change."
5731
5732 #, fuzzy
5733 msgid ""
5042 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch. Use\n"
5734 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch. Use\n"
5043 " 'hg commit --close-branch' to mark this branch as closed.\n"
5735 " 'hg commit --close-branch' to mark this branch as closed.\n"
5044 " "
5736 " "
5045 msgstr ""
5737 msgstr ""
5046 "設定或顯示目前的 branch 名稱\n"
5047 "\n"
5048 " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n"
5049 " set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n"
5050 " in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n"
5051 " recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n"
5052 " branch.\n"
5053 "\n"
5054 " Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n"
5055 " branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive.\n"
5056 "\n"
5057 " Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n"
5058 " the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n"
5059 " change.\n"
5060 "\n"
5061 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
5738 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
5062 " "
5739 " "
5063
5740
@@ -5073,32 +5750,62 b' msgid "marked working directory as branc'
5073 msgstr ""
5750 msgstr ""
5074
5751
5075 #, fuzzy
5752 #, fuzzy
5076 msgid ""
5753 msgid "list repository named branches"
5077 "list repository named branches\n"
5754 msgstr "顯示 repository named branches"
5078 "\n"
5755
5756 #, fuzzy
5757 msgid ""
5079 " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n"
5758 " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n"
5080 " inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have\n"
5759 " inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have\n"
5081 " been marked closed (see hg commit --close-branch).\n"
5760 " been marked closed (see hg commit --close-branch)."
5082 "\n"
5761 msgstr ""
5083 " If -a/--active is specified, only show active branches. A branch\n"
5084 " is considered active if it contains repository heads.\n"
5085 "\n"
5086 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
5087 " "
5088 msgstr ""
5089 "顯示 repository 的 named branches\n"
5090 "\n"
5091 " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n"
5762 " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n"
5092 " inactive. If active is specified, only show active branches.\n"
5763 " inactive. If active is specified, only show active branches."
5093 "\n"
5764
5094 " A branch is considered active if it contains repository heads.\n"
5765 #, fuzzy
5095 "\n"
5766 msgid ""
5767 " If -a/--active is specified, only show active branches. A branch\n"
5768 " is considered active if it contains repository heads."
5769 msgstr " A branch is considered active if it contains repository heads."
5770
5771 #, fuzzy
5772 msgid ""
5773 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
5774 " "
5775 msgstr ""
5096 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
5776 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
5097 " "
5777 " "
5098
5778
5099 #, fuzzy
5779 #, fuzzy
5100 msgid ""
5780 msgid "create a changegroup file"
5101 "create a changegroup file\n"
5781 msgstr ""
5782 "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n"
5783 "\n"
5784 " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
5785 " known to be in another repository.\n"
5786 "\n"
5787 " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
5788 " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
5789 " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
5790 " -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n"
5791 " applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n"
5792 " compressed using bz2).\n"
5793 "\n"
5794 " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
5795 " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
5796 " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
5797 " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
5798 "\n"
5799 " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
5800 " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
5801 " "
5802
5803 #, fuzzy
5804 msgid ""
5805 " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
5806 " known to be in another repository."
5807 msgstr ""
5808 "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n"
5102 "\n"
5809 "\n"
5103 " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
5810 " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
5104 " known to be in another repository.\n"
5811 " known to be in another repository.\n"
@@ -5106,11 +5813,37 b' msgid ""'
5106 " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
5813 " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
5107 " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
5814 " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
5108 " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
5815 " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
5109 " -a/--all (or --base null).\n"
5816 " -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n"
5110 "\n"
5817 " applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n"
5111 " You can change compression method with the -t/--type option.\n"
5818 " compressed using bz2).\n"
5112 " The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, and\n"
5819 "\n"
5113 " gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2).\n"
5820 " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
5821 " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
5822 " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
5823 " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
5824 "\n"
5825 " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
5826 " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
5827 " "
5828
5829 #, fuzzy
5830 msgid ""
5831 " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
5832 " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
5833 " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
5834 " -a/--all (or --base null)."
5835 msgstr ""
5836 "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n"
5837 "\n"
5838 " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
5839 " known to be in another repository.\n"
5840 "\n"
5841 " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
5842 " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
5843 " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
5844 " -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n"
5845 " applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n"
5846 " compressed using bz2).\n"
5114 "\n"
5847 "\n"
5115 " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
5848 " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
5116 " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
5849 " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
@@ -5120,6 +5853,67 b' msgid ""'
5120 " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
5853 " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
5121 " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
5854 " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
5122 " "
5855 " "
5856
5857 #, fuzzy
5858 msgid ""
5859 " You can change compression method with the -t/--type option.\n"
5860 " The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, and\n"
5861 " gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2)."
5862 msgstr ""
5863 "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n"
5864 "\n"
5865 " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
5866 " known to be in another repository.\n"
5867 "\n"
5868 " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
5869 " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
5870 " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
5871 " -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n"
5872 " applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n"
5873 " compressed using bz2).\n"
5874 "\n"
5875 " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
5876 " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
5877 " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
5878 " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
5879 "\n"
5880 " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
5881 " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
5882 " "
5883
5884 #, fuzzy
5885 msgid ""
5886 " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
5887 " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
5888 " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
5889 " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable."
5890 msgstr ""
5891 "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n"
5892 "\n"
5893 " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
5894 " known to be in another repository.\n"
5895 "\n"
5896 " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
5897 " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
5898 " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
5899 " -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n"
5900 " applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n"
5901 " compressed using bz2).\n"
5902 "\n"
5903 " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
5904 " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
5905 " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
5906 " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
5907 "\n"
5908 " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
5909 " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
5910 " "
5911
5912 #, fuzzy
5913 msgid ""
5914 " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
5915 " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
5916 " "
5123 msgstr ""
5917 msgstr ""
5124 "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n"
5918 "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n"
5125 "\n"
5919 "\n"
@@ -5149,40 +5943,147 b' msgid "unknown bundle type specified wit'
5149 msgstr ""
5943 msgstr ""
5150
5944
5151 #, fuzzy
5945 #, fuzzy
5152 msgid ""
5946 msgid "output the current or given revision of files"
5153 "output the current or given revision of files\n"
5947 msgstr "輸出目前或是特定 revision 的檔案內容"
5154 "\n"
5948
5949 #, fuzzy
5950 msgid ""
5951 " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n"
5952 " no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
5953 " or tip if no revision is checked out."
5954 msgstr ""
5155 " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n"
5955 " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n"
5156 " no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
5956 " no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
5157 " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
5957 " or tip if no revision is checked out."
5158 "\n"
5958
5959 #, fuzzy
5960 msgid ""
5159 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
5961 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
5160 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
5962 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
5161 " for the export command, with the following additions::\n"
5963 " for the export command, with the following additions::"
5162 "\n"
5964 msgstr ""
5965 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
5966 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
5967 " for the export command, with the following additions:"
5968
5969 #, fuzzy
5970 msgid ""
5163 " %s basename of file being printed\n"
5971 " %s basename of file being printed\n"
5164 " %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
5972 " %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
5165 " %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
5973 " %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
5166 " "
5974 " "
5167 msgstr ""
5975 msgstr ""
5168 "輸出目前或是特定 revision 的檔案內容\n"
5169 "\n"
5170 " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n"
5171 " no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
5172 " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
5173 "\n"
5174 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
5175 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
5176 " for the export command, with the following additions:\n"
5177 "\n"
5178 " %s basename of file being printed\n"
5976 " %s basename of file being printed\n"
5179 " %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
5977 " %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
5180 " %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
5978 " %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
5181 " "
5979 " "
5182
5980
5183 #, fuzzy
5981 #, fuzzy
5184 msgid ""
5982 msgid "make a copy of an existing repository"
5185 "make a copy of an existing repository\n"
5983 msgstr ""
5984 "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
5985 "\n"
5986 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
5987 "\n"
5988 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
5989 " basename of the source.\n"
5990 "\n"
5991 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
5992 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
5993 "\n"
5994 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
5995 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
5996 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
5997 " on local repositories.\n"
5998 "\n"
5999 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
6000 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
6001 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
6002 " parent is the null revision).\n"
6003 "\n"
6004 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
6005 "\n"
6006 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
6007 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
6008 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
6009 "\n"
6010 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
6011 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
6012 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
6013 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
6014 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
6015 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
6016 "\n"
6017 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
6018 " using full hardlinks with\n"
6019 "\n"
6020 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
6021 "\n"
6022 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
6023 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
6024 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
6025 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
6026 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
6027 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
6028 "\n"
6029 " "
6030
6031 #, fuzzy
6032 msgid " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory."
6033 msgstr ""
6034 "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
6035 "\n"
6036 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
6037 "\n"
6038 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
6039 " basename of the source.\n"
6040 "\n"
6041 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
6042 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
6043 "\n"
6044 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
6045 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
6046 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
6047 " on local repositories.\n"
6048 "\n"
6049 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
6050 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
6051 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
6052 " parent is the null revision).\n"
6053 "\n"
6054 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
6055 "\n"
6056 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
6057 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
6058 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
6059 "\n"
6060 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
6061 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
6062 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
6063 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
6064 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
6065 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
6066 "\n"
6067 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
6068 " using full hardlinks with\n"
6069 "\n"
6070 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
6071 "\n"
6072 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
6073 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
6074 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
6075 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
6076 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
6077 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
6078 "\n"
6079 " "
6080
6081 #, fuzzy
6082 msgid ""
6083 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
6084 " basename of the source."
6085 msgstr ""
6086 "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
5186 "\n"
6087 "\n"
5187 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
6088 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
5188 "\n"
6089 "\n"
@@ -5216,7 +6117,217 b' msgid ""'
5216 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
6117 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
5217 "\n"
6118 "\n"
5218 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
6119 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
5219 " using full hardlinks with ::\n"
6120 " using full hardlinks with\n"
6121 "\n"
6122 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
6123 "\n"
6124 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
6125 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
6126 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
6127 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
6128 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
6129 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
6130 "\n"
6131 " "
6132
6133 #, fuzzy
6134 msgid ""
6135 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
6136 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls."
6137 msgstr ""
6138 "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
6139 "\n"
6140 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
6141 "\n"
6142 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
6143 " basename of the source.\n"
6144 "\n"
6145 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
6146 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
6147 "\n"
6148 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
6149 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
6150 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
6151 " on local repositories.\n"
6152 "\n"
6153 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
6154 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
6155 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
6156 " parent is the null revision).\n"
6157 "\n"
6158 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
6159 "\n"
6160 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
6161 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
6162 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
6163 "\n"
6164 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
6165 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
6166 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
6167 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
6168 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
6169 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
6170 "\n"
6171 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
6172 " using full hardlinks with\n"
6173 "\n"
6174 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
6175 "\n"
6176 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
6177 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
6178 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
6179 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
6180 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
6181 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
6182 "\n"
6183 " "
6184
6185 #, fuzzy
6186 msgid ""
6187 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
6188 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
6189 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
6190 " on local repositories."
6191 msgstr ""
6192 "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
6193 "\n"
6194 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
6195 "\n"
6196 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
6197 " basename of the source.\n"
6198 "\n"
6199 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
6200 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
6201 "\n"
6202 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
6203 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
6204 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
6205 " on local repositories.\n"
6206 "\n"
6207 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
6208 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
6209 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
6210 " parent is the null revision).\n"
6211 "\n"
6212 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
6213 "\n"
6214 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
6215 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
6216 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
6217 "\n"
6218 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
6219 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
6220 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
6221 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
6222 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
6223 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
6224 "\n"
6225 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
6226 " using full hardlinks with\n"
6227 "\n"
6228 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
6229 "\n"
6230 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
6231 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
6232 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
6233 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
6234 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
6235 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
6236 "\n"
6237 " "
6238
6239 #, fuzzy
6240 msgid ""
6241 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
6242 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
6243 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
6244 " parent is the null revision)."
6245 msgstr ""
6246 "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
6247 "\n"
6248 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
6249 "\n"
6250 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
6251 " basename of the source.\n"
6252 "\n"
6253 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
6254 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
6255 "\n"
6256 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
6257 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
6258 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
6259 " on local repositories.\n"
6260 "\n"
6261 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
6262 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
6263 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
6264 " parent is the null revision).\n"
6265 "\n"
6266 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
6267 "\n"
6268 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
6269 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
6270 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
6271 "\n"
6272 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
6273 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
6274 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
6275 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
6276 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
6277 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
6278 "\n"
6279 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
6280 " using full hardlinks with\n"
6281 "\n"
6282 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
6283 "\n"
6284 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
6285 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
6286 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
6287 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
6288 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
6289 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
6290 "\n"
6291 " "
6292
6293 #, fuzzy
6294 msgid " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details."
6295 msgstr ""
6296 "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
6297 "\n"
6298 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
6299 "\n"
6300 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
6301 " basename of the source.\n"
6302 "\n"
6303 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
6304 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
6305 "\n"
6306 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
6307 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
6308 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
6309 " on local repositories.\n"
6310 "\n"
6311 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
6312 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
6313 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
6314 " parent is the null revision).\n"
6315 "\n"
6316 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
6317 "\n"
6318 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
6319 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
6320 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
6321 "\n"
6322 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
6323 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
6324 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
6325 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
6326 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
6327 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
6328 "\n"
6329 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
6330 " using full hardlinks with\n"
5220 "\n"
6331 "\n"
5221 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
6332 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
5222 "\n"
6333 "\n"
@@ -5226,6 +6337,228 b' msgid ""'
5226 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
6337 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
5227 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
6338 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
5228 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
6339 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
6340 "\n"
6341 " "
6342
6343 #, fuzzy
6344 msgid ""
6345 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
6346 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
6347 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs."
6348 msgstr ""
6349 "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
6350 "\n"
6351 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
6352 "\n"
6353 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
6354 " basename of the source.\n"
6355 "\n"
6356 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
6357 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
6358 "\n"
6359 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
6360 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
6361 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
6362 " on local repositories.\n"
6363 "\n"
6364 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
6365 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
6366 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
6367 " parent is the null revision).\n"
6368 "\n"
6369 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
6370 "\n"
6371 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
6372 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
6373 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
6374 "\n"
6375 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
6376 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
6377 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
6378 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
6379 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
6380 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
6381 "\n"
6382 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
6383 " using full hardlinks with\n"
6384 "\n"
6385 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
6386 "\n"
6387 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
6388 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
6389 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
6390 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
6391 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
6392 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
6393 "\n"
6394 " "
6395
6396 #, fuzzy
6397 msgid ""
6398 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
6399 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
6400 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
6401 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
6402 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
6403 " avoid hardlinking."
6404 msgstr ""
6405 "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
6406 "\n"
6407 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
6408 "\n"
6409 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
6410 " basename of the source.\n"
6411 "\n"
6412 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
6413 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
6414 "\n"
6415 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
6416 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
6417 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
6418 " on local repositories.\n"
6419 "\n"
6420 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
6421 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
6422 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
6423 " parent is the null revision).\n"
6424 "\n"
6425 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
6426 "\n"
6427 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
6428 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
6429 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
6430 "\n"
6431 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
6432 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
6433 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
6434 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
6435 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
6436 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
6437 "\n"
6438 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
6439 " using full hardlinks with\n"
6440 "\n"
6441 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
6442 "\n"
6443 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
6444 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
6445 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
6446 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
6447 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
6448 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
6449 "\n"
6450 " "
6451
6452 #, fuzzy
6453 msgid ""
6454 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
6455 " using full hardlinks with ::"
6456 msgstr ""
6457 "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
6458 "\n"
6459 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
6460 "\n"
6461 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
6462 " basename of the source.\n"
6463 "\n"
6464 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
6465 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
6466 "\n"
6467 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
6468 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
6469 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
6470 " on local repositories.\n"
6471 "\n"
6472 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
6473 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
6474 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
6475 " parent is the null revision).\n"
6476 "\n"
6477 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
6478 "\n"
6479 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
6480 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
6481 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
6482 "\n"
6483 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
6484 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
6485 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
6486 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
6487 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
6488 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
6489 "\n"
6490 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
6491 " using full hardlinks with\n"
6492 "\n"
6493 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
6494 "\n"
6495 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
6496 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
6497 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
6498 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
6499 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
6500 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
6501 "\n"
6502 " "
6503
6504 #, fuzzy
6505 msgid " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE"
6506 msgstr ""
6507 "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
6508 "\n"
6509 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
6510 "\n"
6511 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
6512 " basename of the source.\n"
6513 "\n"
6514 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
6515 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
6516 "\n"
6517 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
6518 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
6519 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
6520 " on local repositories.\n"
6521 "\n"
6522 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
6523 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
6524 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
6525 " parent is the null revision).\n"
6526 "\n"
6527 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
6528 "\n"
6529 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
6530 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
6531 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
6532 "\n"
6533 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
6534 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
6535 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
6536 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
6537 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
6538 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
6539 "\n"
6540 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
6541 " using full hardlinks with\n"
6542 "\n"
6543 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
6544 "\n"
6545 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
6546 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
6547 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
6548 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
6549 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
6550 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
6551 "\n"
6552 " "
6553
6554 #, fuzzy
6555 msgid ""
6556 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
6557 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
6558 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
6559 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
6560 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
6561 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
5229 " "
6562 " "
5230 msgstr ""
6563 msgstr ""
5231 "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
6564 "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
@@ -5275,42 +6608,38 b' msgstr ""'
5275 "\n"
6608 "\n"
5276 " "
6609 " "
5277
6610
5278 msgid ""
6611 msgid "commit the specified files or all outstanding changes"
5279 "commit the specified files or all outstanding changes\n"
6612 msgstr "將指定的檔案或是目前的變更 commit"
5280 "\n"
6613
6614 msgid ""
6615 " Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n"
6616 " centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n"
6617 " for a way to actively distribute your changes."
6618 msgstr ""
5281 " Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n"
6619 " Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n"
5282 " centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n"
6620 " centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n"
5283 " for a way to actively distribute your changes.\n"
6621 " for a way to actively distribute your changes."
5284 "\n"
6622
6623 msgid ""
6624 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
6625 " will be committed."
6626 msgstr ""
5285 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
6627 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
5286 " will be committed.\n"
6628 " will be committed."
5287 "\n"
6629
6630 msgid ""
5288 " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n"
6631 " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n"
5289 " filenames or -I/-X filters.\n"
6632 " filenames or -I/-X filters."
5290 "\n"
6633 msgstr ""
6634 " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n"
6635 " filenames or -I/-X filters."
6636
6637 msgid ""
5291 " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n"
6638 " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n"
5292 " started to prompt you for a message.\n"
6639 " started to prompt you for a message."
5293 "\n"
6640 msgstr ""
5294 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
5295 " "
5296 msgstr ""
5297 "將指定的檔案或是目前的變更 commit\n"
5298 "\n"
5299 " Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n"
5300 " centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n"
5301 " for a way to actively distribute your changes.\n"
5302 "\n"
5303 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
5304 " will be committed.\n"
5305 "\n"
5306 " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n"
5307 " filenames or -I/-X filters.\n"
5308 "\n"
5309 " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n"
6641 " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n"
5310 " started to prompt you for a message.\n"
6642 " started to prompt you for a message."
5311 "\n"
5312 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
5313 " "
5314
6643
5315 msgid "nothing changed\n"
6644 msgid "nothing changed\n"
5316 msgstr ""
6645 msgstr ""
@@ -5322,31 +6651,32 b' msgstr ""'
5322 msgid "committed changeset %d:%s\n"
6651 msgid "committed changeset %d:%s\n"
5323 msgstr ""
6652 msgstr ""
5324
6653
5325 msgid ""
6654 msgid "mark files as copied for the next commit"
5326 "mark files as copied for the next commit\n"
6655 msgstr "將檔案標示為 copied 並於下次 commit"
5327 "\n"
6656
6657 msgid ""
6658 " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n"
6659 " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n"
6660 " the source must be a single file."
6661 msgstr ""
5328 " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n"
6662 " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n"
5329 " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n"
6663 " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n"
5330 " the source must be a single file.\n"
6664 " the source must be a single file."
5331 "\n"
6665
6666 msgid ""
5332 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
6667 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
5333 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
6668 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
5334 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n"
6669 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed."
5335 "\n"
6670 msgstr ""
6671 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
6672 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
6673 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed."
6674
6675 msgid ""
5336 " This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n"
6676 " This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n"
5337 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
6677 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
5338 " "
6678 " "
5339 msgstr ""
6679 msgstr ""
5340 "將檔案標示為 copied 並於下次 commit\n"
5341 "\n"
5342 " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n"
5343 " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n"
5344 " the source must be a single file.\n"
5345 "\n"
5346 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
5347 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
5348 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n"
5349 "\n"
5350 " This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n"
6680 " This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n"
5351 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
6681 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
5352 " "
6682 " "
@@ -5388,31 +6718,31 b' msgstr ""'
5388 msgid ".hg/dirstate inconsistent with current parent's manifest"
6718 msgid ".hg/dirstate inconsistent with current parent's manifest"
5389 msgstr ""
6719 msgstr ""
5390
6720
5391 msgid ""
6721 msgid "show combined config settings from all hgrc files"
5392 "show combined config settings from all hgrc files\n"
6722 msgstr "顯示合併自所有 hgrc 檔案內容的設定值"
5393 "\n"
6723
5394 " With no arguments, print names and values of all config items.\n"
6724 msgid " With no arguments, print names and values of all config items."
5395 "\n"
6725 msgstr " With no arguments, print names and values of all config items."
6726
6727 msgid ""
6728 " With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n"
6729 " of that config item."
6730 msgstr ""
5396 " With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n"
6731 " With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n"
5397 " of that config item.\n"
6732 " of that config item."
5398 "\n"
6733
6734 msgid ""
5399 " With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n"
6735 " With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n"
5400 " items with matching section names.\n"
6736 " items with matching section names."
5401 "\n"
6737 msgstr ""
6738 " With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n"
6739 " items with matching section names."
6740
6741 msgid ""
5402 " With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n"
6742 " With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n"
5403 " for each config item.\n"
6743 " for each config item.\n"
5404 " "
6744 " "
5405 msgstr ""
6745 msgstr ""
5406 "顯示合併自所有 hgrc 檔案內容的設定值\n"
5407 "\n"
5408 " With no arguments, print names and values of all config items.\n"
5409 "\n"
5410 " With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n"
5411 " of that config item.\n"
5412 "\n"
5413 " With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n"
5414 " items with matching section names.\n"
5415 "\n"
5416 " With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n"
6746 " With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n"
5417 " for each config item.\n"
6747 " for each config item.\n"
5418 " "
6748 " "
@@ -5420,9 +6750,10 b' msgstr ""'
5420 msgid "only one config item permitted"
6750 msgid "only one config item permitted"
5421 msgstr ""
6751 msgstr ""
5422
6752
5423 msgid ""
6753 msgid "manually set the parents of the current working directory"
5424 "manually set the parents of the current working directory\n"
6754 msgstr ""
5425 "\n"
6755
6756 msgid ""
5426 " This is useful for writing repository conversion tools, but should\n"
6757 " This is useful for writing repository conversion tools, but should\n"
5427 " be used with care.\n"
6758 " be used with care.\n"
5428 " "
6759 " "
@@ -5488,14 +6819,10 b' msgstr ""'
5488 msgid " patch test failed!\n"
6819 msgid " patch test failed!\n"
5489 msgstr ""
6820 msgstr ""
5490
6821
5491 msgid ""
6822 msgid " (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. Please check your .hgrc file)\n"
5492 " (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. "
6823 msgstr ""
5493 "Please check your .hgrc file)\n"
6824
5494 msgstr ""
6825 msgid " Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial.selenic.com/bts/\n"
5495
5496 msgid ""
5497 " Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial."
5498 "selenic.com/bts/\n"
5499 msgstr ""
6826 msgstr ""
5500
6827
5501 msgid "Checking commit editor...\n"
6828 msgid "Checking commit editor...\n"
@@ -5538,71 +6865,78 b' msgstr ""'
5538 msgid "show how files match on given patterns"
6865 msgid "show how files match on given patterns"
5539 msgstr ""
6866 msgstr ""
5540
6867
5541 msgid ""
6868 msgid "diff repository (or selected files)"
5542 "diff repository (or selected files)\n"
6869 msgstr "diff repository (或是所選擇的檔案)"
5543 "\n"
6870
5544 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files.\n"
6871 msgid " Show differences between revisions for the specified files."
5545 "\n"
6872 msgstr " Show differences between revisions for the specified files."
5546 " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.\n"
6873
5547 "\n"
6874 msgid " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format."
6875 msgstr " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format."
6876
6877 msgid ""
5548 " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n"
6878 " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n"
5549 " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n"
6879 " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n"
5550 " changeset if no revisions are specified.\n"
6880 " changeset if no revisions are specified."
5551 "\n"
6881 msgstr ""
5552 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
5553 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
5554 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
5555 " revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared\n"
5556 " to its parent.\n"
5557 "\n"
5558 " Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n"
5559 " files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n"
5560 " anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n"
5561 "\n"
5562 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
5563 " format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n"
5564 " "
5565 msgstr ""
5566 "diff repository (或是所選擇的檔案)\n"
5567 "\n"
5568 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files.\n"
5569 "\n"
5570 " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.\n"
5571 "\n"
5572 " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n"
6882 " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n"
5573 " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n"
6883 " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n"
5574 " changeset if no revisions are specified.\n"
6884 " changeset if no revisions are specified."
5575 "\n"
6885
5576 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
6886 msgid ""
5577 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
5578 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
5579 " revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared\n"
5580 " to its parent.\n"
5581 "\n"
5582 " Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n"
6887 " Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n"
5583 " files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n"
6888 " files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n"
5584 " anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n"
6889 " anyway, probably with undesirable results."
5585 "\n"
6890 msgstr ""
6891 " Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n"
6892 " files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n"
6893 " anyway, probably with undesirable results."
6894
6895 msgid ""
6896 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
6897 " format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n"
6898 " "
6899 msgstr ""
5586 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
6900 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
5587 " format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n"
6901 " format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n"
5588 " "
6902 " "
5589
6903
5590 #, fuzzy
6904 #, fuzzy
5591 msgid ""
6905 msgid "dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets"
5592 "dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets\n"
6906 msgstr "將一或多個 changesets 的 header 以及 diffs dump 出來"
5593 "\n"
6907
5594 " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.\n"
6908 #, fuzzy
5595 "\n"
6909 msgid " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions."
6910 msgstr " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions."
6911
6912 #, fuzzy
6913 msgid ""
5596 " The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n"
6914 " The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n"
5597 " changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment.\n"
6915 " changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment."
5598 "\n"
6916 msgstr ""
6917 " The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n"
6918 " changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment."
6919
6920 #, fuzzy
6921 msgid ""
5599 " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
6922 " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
5600 " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n"
6923 " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n"
5601 " first parent only.\n"
6924 " first parent only."
5602 "\n"
6925 msgstr ""
6926 " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
6927 " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n"
6928 " first parent only."
6929
6930 #, fuzzy
6931 msgid ""
5603 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
6932 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
5604 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows::\n"
6933 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows::"
5605 "\n"
6934 msgstr ""
6935 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
6936 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:"
6937
6938 #, fuzzy
6939 msgid ""
5606 " %% literal \"%\" character\n"
6940 " %% literal \"%\" character\n"
5607 " %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
6941 " %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
5608 " %N number of patches being generated\n"
6942 " %N number of patches being generated\n"
@@ -5610,33 +6944,8 b' msgid ""'
5610 " %b basename of the exporting repository\n"
6944 " %b basename of the exporting repository\n"
5611 " %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
6945 " %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
5612 " %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
6946 " %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
5613 " %r zero-padded changeset revision number\n"
6947 " %r zero-padded changeset revision number"
5614 "\n"
6948 msgstr ""
5615 " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
5616 " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
5617 " diff anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n"
5618 "\n"
5619 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
5620 " format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information.\n"
5621 "\n"
5622 " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
5623 " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n"
5624 " "
5625 msgstr ""
5626 "將一或多個 changesets 的 header 以及 diffs dump 出來\n"
5627 "\n"
5628 " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.\n"
5629 "\n"
5630 " The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n"
5631 " changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment.\n"
5632 "\n"
5633 " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
5634 " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n"
5635 " first parent only.\n"
5636 "\n"
5637 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
5638 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:\n"
5639 "\n"
5640 " %% literal \"%\" character\n"
6949 " %% literal \"%\" character\n"
5641 " %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
6950 " %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
5642 " %N number of patches being generated\n"
6951 " %N number of patches being generated\n"
@@ -5644,15 +6953,32 b' msgstr ""'
5644 " %b basename of the exporting repository\n"
6953 " %b basename of the exporting repository\n"
5645 " %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
6954 " %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
5646 " %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
6955 " %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
5647 " %r zero-padded changeset revision number\n"
6956 " %r zero-padded changeset revision number"
5648 "\n"
6957
6958 #, fuzzy
6959 msgid ""
6960 " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
6961 " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
6962 " diff anyway, probably with undesirable results."
6963 msgstr ""
5649 " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
6964 " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
5650 " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
6965 " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
5651 " diff anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n"
6966 " diff anyway, probably with undesirable results."
5652 "\n"
6967
6968 #, fuzzy
6969 msgid ""
6970 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
6971 " format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information."
6972 msgstr ""
5653 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
6973 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
5654 " format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information.\n"
6974 " format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information."
5655 "\n"
6975
6976 #, fuzzy
6977 msgid ""
6978 " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
6979 " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n"
6980 " "
6981 msgstr ""
5656 " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
6982 " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
5657 " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n"
6983 " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n"
5658 " "
6984 " "
@@ -5666,16 +6992,21 b' msgstr ""'
5666 msgid "exporting patch:\n"
6992 msgid "exporting patch:\n"
5667 msgstr ""
6993 msgstr ""
5668
6994
5669 msgid ""
6995 msgid "forget the specified files on the next commit"
5670 "forget the specified files on the next commit\n"
6996 msgstr ""
5671 "\n"
6997
6998 msgid ""
5672 " Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked\n"
6999 " Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked\n"
5673 " after the next commit.\n"
7000 " after the next commit."
5674 "\n"
7001 msgstr ""
7002
7003 msgid ""
5675 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
7004 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
5676 " entire project history, and it does not delete them from the\n"
7005 " entire project history, and it does not delete them from the\n"
5677 " working directory.\n"
7006 " working directory."
5678 "\n"
7007 msgstr ""
7008
7009 msgid ""
5679 " To undo a forget before the next commit, see hg add.\n"
7010 " To undo a forget before the next commit, see hg add.\n"
5680 " "
7011 " "
5681 msgstr ""
7012 msgstr ""
@@ -5687,16 +7018,24 b' msgstr ""'
5687 msgid "not removing %s: file is already untracked\n"
7018 msgid "not removing %s: file is already untracked\n"
5688 msgstr ""
7019 msgstr ""
5689
7020
5690 msgid ""
7021 msgid "search for a pattern in specified files and revisions"
5691 "search for a pattern in specified files and revisions\n"
7022 msgstr "從指定的檔案或 revisions 搜尋樣式"
5692 "\n"
7023
5693 " Search revisions of files for a regular expression.\n"
7024 msgid " Search revisions of files for a regular expression."
5694 "\n"
7025 msgstr " Search revisions of files for a regular expression."
7026
7027 msgid ""
5695 " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n"
7028 " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n"
5696 " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n"
7029 " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n"
5697 " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n"
7030 " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n"
5698 " match appears.\n"
7031 " match appears."
5699 "\n"
7032 msgstr ""
7033 " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n"
7034 " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n"
7035 " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n"
7036 " match appears."
7037
7038 msgid ""
5700 " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n"
7039 " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n"
5701 " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n"
7040 " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n"
5702 " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n"
7041 " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n"
@@ -5704,15 +7043,6 b' msgid ""'
5704 " use the --all flag.\n"
7043 " use the --all flag.\n"
5705 " "
7044 " "
5706 msgstr ""
7045 msgstr ""
5707 "從指定的檔案或 revisions 搜尋樣式\n"
5708 "\n"
5709 " Search revisions of files for a regular expression.\n"
5710 "\n"
5711 " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n"
5712 " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n"
5713 " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n"
5714 " match appears.\n"
5715 "\n"
5716 " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n"
7046 " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n"
5717 " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n"
7047 " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n"
5718 " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n"
7048 " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n"
@@ -5725,28 +7055,170 b' msgid "grep: invalid match pattern: %s\\n'
5725 msgstr ""
7055 msgstr ""
5726
7056
5727 #, fuzzy
7057 #, fuzzy
5728 msgid ""
7058 msgid "show current repository heads or show branch heads"
5729 "show current repository heads or show branch heads\n"
7059 msgstr ""
7060 "顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n"
7061 "\n"
7062 " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
7063 "\n"
7064 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
7065 " changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
7066 " are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
7067 "\n"
7068 " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
7069 " the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
7070 " branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
7071 "\n"
7072 " Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
7073 " any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
7074 " or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
7075 " was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
7076 " is considered inactive.\n"
7077 "\n"
7078 " If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
7079 " are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
7080 " "
7081
7082 #, fuzzy
7083 msgid " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets."
7084 msgstr ""
7085 "顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n"
5730 "\n"
7086 "\n"
5731 " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
7087 " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
5732 "\n"
7088 "\n"
7089 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
7090 " changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
7091 " are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
7092 "\n"
7093 " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
7094 " the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
7095 " branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
7096 "\n"
7097 " Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
7098 " any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
7099 " or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
7100 " was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
7101 " is considered inactive.\n"
7102 "\n"
7103 " If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
7104 " are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
7105 " "
7106
7107 #, fuzzy
7108 msgid ""
5733 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets with no child changesets. They are\n"
7109 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets with no child changesets. They are\n"
5734 " where development generally takes place and are the usual targets\n"
7110 " where development generally takes place and are the usual targets\n"
5735 " for update and merge operations.\n"
7111 " for update and merge operations."
7112 msgstr ""
7113 "顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n"
7114 "\n"
7115 " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
7116 "\n"
7117 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
7118 " changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
7119 " are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
5736 "\n"
7120 "\n"
5737 " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
7121 " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
5738 " the named branch associated with the specified changeset(s).\n"
7122 " the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
5739 "\n"
7123 " branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
7124 "\n"
7125 " Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
7126 " any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
7127 " or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
7128 " was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
7129 " is considered inactive.\n"
7130 "\n"
7131 " If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
7132 " are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
7133 " "
7134
7135 #, fuzzy
7136 msgid ""
7137 " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
7138 " the named branch associated with the specified changeset(s)."
7139 msgstr ""
7140 "顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n"
7141 "\n"
7142 " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
7143 "\n"
7144 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
7145 " changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
7146 " are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
7147 "\n"
7148 " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
7149 " the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
7150 " branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
7151 "\n"
7152 " Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
7153 " any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
7154 " or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
7155 " was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
7156 " is considered inactive.\n"
7157 "\n"
7158 " If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
7159 " are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
7160 " "
7161
7162 #, fuzzy
7163 msgid ""
5740 " Branch heads are changesets on a named branch with no descendants on\n"
7164 " Branch heads are changesets on a named branch with no descendants on\n"
5741 " the same branch. A branch head could be a \"true\" (repository) head,\n"
7165 " the same branch. A branch head could be a \"true\" (repository) head,\n"
5742 " or it could be the last changeset on that branch before it was\n"
7166 " or it could be the last changeset on that branch before it was\n"
5743 " merged into another branch, or it could be the last changeset on the\n"
7167 " merged into another branch, or it could be the last changeset on the\n"
5744 " branch before a new branch was created. If none of the branch heads\n"
7168 " branch before a new branch was created. If none of the branch heads\n"
5745 " are true heads, the branch is considered inactive.\n"
7169 " are true heads, the branch is considered inactive."
5746 "\n"
7170 msgstr ""
7171 "顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n"
7172 "\n"
7173 " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
7174 "\n"
7175 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
7176 " changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
7177 " are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
7178 "\n"
7179 " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
7180 " the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
7181 " branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
7182 "\n"
7183 " Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
7184 " any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
7185 " or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
7186 " was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
7187 " is considered inactive.\n"
7188 "\n"
7189 " If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
7190 " are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
7191 " "
7192
7193 #, fuzzy
7194 msgid ""
5747 " If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed\n"
7195 " If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed\n"
5748 " (see hg commit --close-branch).\n"
7196 " (see hg commit --close-branch)."
5749 "\n"
7197 msgstr ""
7198 "顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n"
7199 "\n"
7200 " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
7201 "\n"
7202 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
7203 " changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
7204 " are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
7205 "\n"
7206 " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
7207 " the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
7208 " branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
7209 "\n"
7210 " Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
7211 " any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
7212 " or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
7213 " was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
7214 " is considered inactive.\n"
7215 "\n"
7216 " If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
7217 " are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
7218 " "
7219
7220 #, fuzzy
7221 msgid ""
5750 " If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of\n"
7222 " If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of\n"
5751 " STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
7223 " STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
5752 " "
7224 " "
@@ -5788,18 +7260,16 b' msgstr ""'
5788 msgid "no changes on branch %s are reachable from %s\n"
7260 msgid "no changes on branch %s are reachable from %s\n"
5789 msgstr ""
7261 msgstr ""
5790
7262
5791 msgid ""
7263 msgid "show help for a given topic or a help overview"
5792 "show help for a given topic or a help overview\n"
7264 msgstr "顯示特定主題的 help 說明或是 help overview"
5793 "\n"
7265
5794 " With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages.\n"
7266 msgid " With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages."
5795 "\n"
7267 msgstr " With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages."
7268
7269 msgid ""
5796 " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n"
7270 " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n"
5797 " topic."
7271 " topic."
5798 msgstr ""
7272 msgstr ""
5799 "顯示特定主題的 help 說明或是 help overview\n"
5800 "\n"
5801 " With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages.\n"
5802 "\n"
5803 " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n"
7273 " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n"
5804 " topic."
7274 " topic."
5805
7275
@@ -5820,12 +7290,8 b' msgstr "\xe4\xbd\xbf\xe7\x94\xa8 \\"hg -v help%s\\" \xe4\xbb\xa5\xe9\xa1\xaf\xe7\xa4\xba\xe5\x88\xa5\xe5\x90\x8d\xe4\xbb\xa5\xe5\x8f\x8a\xe5\x85\xa8\xe5\x9f\x9f\xe9\x81\xb8\xe9\xa0\x85"'
5820 msgid "use \"hg -v help %s\" to show global options"
7290 msgid "use \"hg -v help %s\" to show global options"
5821 msgstr "使用 \"hg -v help %s\" 以顯示全域選項"
7291 msgstr "使用 \"hg -v help %s\" 以顯示全域選項"
5822
7292
5823 msgid ""
7293 msgid "list of commands:"
5824 "list of commands:\n"
7294 msgstr "命令列表:"
5825 "\n"
5826 msgstr ""
5827 "命令列表:\n"
5828 "\n"
5829
7295
5830 #, python-format
7296 #, python-format
5831 msgid ""
7297 msgid ""
@@ -5855,53 +7321,46 b' msgid "no help text available"'
5855 msgstr "沒有可用的說明文字"
7321 msgstr "沒有可用的說明文字"
5856
7322
5857 #, fuzzy, python-format
7323 #, fuzzy, python-format
5858 msgid ""
7324 msgid "%s extension - %s"
5859 "%s extension - %s\n"
5860 "\n"
5861 msgstr "%s 擴充套件 - %s\n"
7325 msgstr "%s 擴充套件 - %s\n"
5862
7326
5863 msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM\n"
7327 msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM\n"
5864 msgstr "Mercurial 分散式版本控制系統\n"
7328 msgstr "Mercurial 分散式版本控制系統\n"
5865
7329
5866 msgid ""
7330 msgid "basic commands:"
5867 "basic commands:\n"
7331 msgstr "基本命令:"
5868 "\n"
7332
5869 msgstr ""
7333 msgid ""
5870 "基本命令:\n"
7334 "\n"
5871 "\n"
7335 "additional help topics:"
5872
7336 msgstr ""
5873 msgid ""
7337 "\n"
5874 "\n"
7338 "額外的說明主題:"
5875 "additional help topics:\n"
7339
5876 "\n"
7340 msgid "identify the working copy or specified revision"
5877 msgstr ""
7341 msgstr "識別 working copy 或指定的 revision 完整性"
5878 "\n"
7342
5879 "額外的說明主題:\n"
7343 msgid ""
5880 "\n"
5881
5882 msgid ""
5883 "identify the working copy or specified revision\n"
5884 "\n"
5885 " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n"
7344 " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n"
5886 " repository.\n"
7345 " repository."
5887 "\n"
7346 msgstr ""
7347 " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n"
7348 " repository."
7349
7350 msgid ""
5888 " Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n"
7351 " Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n"
5889 " cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle.\n"
7352 " cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle."
5890 "\n"
7353 msgstr ""
7354 " Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n"
7355 " cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle."
7356
7357 msgid ""
5891 " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n"
7358 " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n"
5892 " parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n"
7359 " parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n"
5893 " uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n"
7360 " uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n"
5894 " this revision and a branch name for non-default branches.\n"
7361 " this revision and a branch name for non-default branches.\n"
5895 " "
7362 " "
5896 msgstr ""
7363 msgstr ""
5897 "識別 working copy 或指定的 revision 完整性\n"
5898 "\n"
5899 " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n"
5900 " repository.\n"
5901 "\n"
5902 " Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n"
5903 " cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle.\n"
5904 "\n"
5905 " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n"
7364 " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n"
5906 " parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n"
7365 " parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n"
5907 " uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n"
7366 " uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n"
@@ -5909,68 +7368,78 b' msgstr ""'
5909 " "
7368 " "
5910
7369
5911 #, fuzzy
7370 #, fuzzy
5912 msgid ""
7371 msgid "import an ordered set of patches"
5913 "import an ordered set of patches\n"
7372 msgstr "import 一組有順序的 patches"
5914 "\n"
7373
5915 " Import a list of patches and commit them individually.\n"
7374 #, fuzzy
5916 "\n"
7375 msgid " Import a list of patches and commit them individually."
7376 msgstr " Import a list of patches and commit them individually."
7377
7378 #, fuzzy
7379 msgid ""
5917 " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n"
7380 " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n"
5918 " will abort unless given the -f/--force flag.\n"
7381 " will abort unless given the -f/--force flag."
5919 "\n"
7382 msgstr ""
7383 " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n"
7384 " will abort unless given the -f/--force flag."
7385
7386 #, fuzzy
7387 msgid ""
5920 " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n"
7388 " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n"
5921 " as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n"
7389 " as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n"
5922 " text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n"
7390 " text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n"
5923 " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n"
7391 " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n"
5924 " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n"
7392 " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n"
5925 " message.\n"
7393 " message."
5926 "\n"
7394 msgstr ""
5927 " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n"
5928 " description from patch override values from message headers and\n"
5929 " body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n"
5930 " override these.\n"
5931 "\n"
5932 " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n"
5933 " the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n"
5934 " resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n"
5935 " the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n"
5936 " deficiencies in the text patch format.\n"
5937 "\n"
5938 " With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n"
5939 " copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'.\n"
5940 "\n"
5941 " To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name. If\n"
5942 " a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.\n"
5943 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
5944 " "
5945 msgstr ""
5946 "import 一組有順序的 patches\n"
5947 "\n"
5948 " Import a list of patches and commit them individually.\n"
5949 "\n"
5950 " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n"
5951 " will abort unless given the -f/--force flag.\n"
5952 "\n"
5953 " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n"
7395 " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n"
5954 " as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n"
7396 " as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n"
5955 " text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n"
7397 " text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n"
5956 " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n"
7398 " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n"
5957 " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n"
7399 " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n"
5958 " message.\n"
7400 " message."
5959 "\n"
7401
7402 #, fuzzy
7403 msgid ""
5960 " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n"
7404 " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n"
5961 " description from patch override values from message headers and\n"
7405 " description from patch override values from message headers and\n"
5962 " body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n"
7406 " body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n"
5963 " override these.\n"
7407 " override these."
5964 "\n"
7408 msgstr ""
7409 " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n"
7410 " description from patch override values from message headers and\n"
7411 " body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n"
7412 " override these."
7413
7414 #, fuzzy
7415 msgid ""
5965 " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n"
7416 " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n"
5966 " the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n"
7417 " the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n"
5967 " resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n"
7418 " resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n"
5968 " the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n"
7419 " the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n"
5969 " deficiencies in the text patch format.\n"
7420 " deficiencies in the text patch format."
5970 "\n"
7421 msgstr ""
7422 " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n"
7423 " the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n"
7424 " resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n"
7425 " the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n"
7426 " deficiencies in the text patch format."
7427
7428 #, fuzzy
7429 msgid ""
5971 " With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n"
7430 " With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n"
5972 " copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'.\n"
7431 " copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'."
5973 "\n"
7432 msgstr ""
7433 " With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n"
7434 " copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'."
7435
7436 #, fuzzy
7437 msgid ""
7438 " To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name. If\n"
7439 " a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.\n"
7440 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
7441 " "
7442 msgstr ""
5974 " To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name.\n"
7443 " To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name.\n"
5975 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
7444 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
5976 " "
7445 " "
@@ -5987,196 +7456,198 b' msgstr ""'
5987 msgid "patch is damaged or loses information"
7456 msgid "patch is damaged or loses information"
5988 msgstr ""
7457 msgstr ""
5989
7458
5990 msgid ""
7459 msgid "show new changesets found in source"
5991 "show new changesets found in source\n"
7460 msgstr "顯示來源端新的 changesets"
5992 "\n"
7461
7462 msgid ""
5993 " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n"
7463 " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n"
5994 " pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n"
7464 " pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n"
5995 " if a pull at the time you issued this command.\n"
7465 " if a pull at the time you issued this command."
5996 "\n"
7466 msgstr ""
5997 " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n"
5998 " changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull.\n"
5999 "\n"
6000 " See pull for valid source format details.\n"
6001 " "
6002 msgstr ""
6003 "顯示來源端新的 changesets\n"
6004 "\n"
6005 " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n"
7467 " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n"
6006 " pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n"
7468 " pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n"
6007 " if a pull at the time you issued this command.\n"
7469 " if a pull at the time you issued this command."
6008 "\n"
7470
7471 msgid ""
7472 " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n"
7473 " changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull."
7474 msgstr ""
6009 " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n"
7475 " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n"
6010 " changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull.\n"
7476 " changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull."
6011 "\n"
7477
7478 msgid ""
7479 " See pull for valid source format details.\n"
7480 " "
7481 msgstr ""
6012 " See pull for valid source format details.\n"
7482 " See pull for valid source format details.\n"
6013 " "
7483 " "
6014
7484
6015 msgid ""
7485 msgid "create a new repository in the given directory"
6016 "create a new repository in the given directory\n"
7486 msgstr "於指定的目錄建立新的 repository"
6017 "\n"
7487
7488 msgid ""
6018 " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n"
7489 " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n"
6019 " directory does not exist, it will be created.\n"
7490 " directory does not exist, it will be created."
6020 "\n"
7491 msgstr ""
6021 " If no directory is given, the current directory is used.\n"
7492 " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n"
6022 "\n"
7493 " directory does not exist, it will be created."
7494
7495 msgid " If no directory is given, the current directory is used."
7496 msgstr " If no directory is given, the current directory is used."
7497
7498 msgid ""
6023 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n"
7499 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n"
6024 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
7500 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
6025 " "
7501 " "
6026 msgstr ""
7502 msgstr ""
6027 "於指定的目錄建立新的 repository\n"
6028 "\n"
6029 " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n"
6030 " directory does not exist, it will be created.\n"
6031 "\n"
6032 " If no directory is given, the current directory is used.\n"
6033 "\n"
6034 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n"
7503 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n"
6035 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
7504 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
6036 " "
7505 " "
6037
7506
6038 msgid ""
7507 msgid "locate files matching specific patterns"
6039 "locate files matching specific patterns\n"
7508 msgstr "找出符合指定樣式的檔案"
6040 "\n"
7509
7510 msgid ""
6041 " Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n"
7511 " Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n"
6042 " names match the given patterns.\n"
7512 " names match the given patterns."
6043 "\n"
7513 msgstr ""
7514 " Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n"
7515 " names match the given patterns."
7516
7517 msgid ""
6044 " By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n"
7518 " By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n"
6045 " directory. To search just the current directory and its\n"
7519 " directory. To search just the current directory and its\n"
6046 " subdirectories, use \"--include .\".\n"
7520 " subdirectories, use \"--include .\"."
6047 "\n"
7521 msgstr ""
7522 " By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n"
7523 " directory. To search just the current directory and its\n"
7524 " subdirectories, use \"--include .\"."
7525
7526 msgid ""
6048 " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n"
7527 " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n"
6049 " of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory.\n"
7528 " of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory."
6050 "\n"
7529 msgstr ""
7530 " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n"
7531 " of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory."
7532
7533 msgid ""
6051 " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n"
7534 " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n"
6052 " command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n"
7535 " command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n"
6053 " will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n"
7536 " will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n"
6054 " contain whitespace as multiple filenames.\n"
7537 " contain whitespace as multiple filenames.\n"
6055 " "
7538 " "
6056 msgstr ""
7539 msgstr ""
6057 "找出符合指定樣式的檔案\n"
6058 "\n"
6059 " Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n"
6060 " names match the given patterns.\n"
6061 "\n"
6062 " By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n"
6063 " directory. To search just the current directory and its\n"
6064 " subdirectories, use \"--include .\".\n"
6065 "\n"
6066 " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n"
6067 " of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory.\n"
6068 "\n"
6069 " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n"
7540 " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n"
6070 " command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n"
7541 " command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n"
6071 " will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n"
7542 " will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n"
6072 " contain whitespace as multiple filenames.\n"
7543 " contain whitespace as multiple filenames.\n"
6073 " "
7544 " "
6074
7545
6075 msgid ""
7546 msgid "show revision history of entire repository or files"
6076 "show revision history of entire repository or files\n"
7547 msgstr "顯示整個 repository 或特定檔案的 revision history"
6077 "\n"
7548
7549 msgid ""
6078 " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n"
7550 " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n"
6079 " project.\n"
7551 " project."
6080 "\n"
7552 msgstr ""
7553 " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n"
7554 " project."
7555
7556 msgid ""
6081 " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n"
7557 " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n"
6082 " files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n"
7558 " files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n"
6083 " renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n"
7559 " renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n"
6084 " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n"
7560 " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n"
6085 " only follows the first parent of merge revisions.\n"
7561 " only follows the first parent of merge revisions."
6086 "\n"
7562 msgstr ""
7563 " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n"
7564 " files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n"
7565 " renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n"
7566 " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n"
7567 " only follows the first parent of merge revisions."
7568
7569 msgid ""
6087 " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n"
7570 " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n"
6088 " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n"
7571 " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n"
6089 " used as the starting revision.\n"
7572 " used as the starting revision."
6090 "\n"
7573 msgstr ""
6091 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
7574 " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n"
6092 "\n"
7575 " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n"
7576 " used as the starting revision."
7577
7578 msgid ""
6093 " By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n"
7579 " By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n"
6094 " tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n"
7580 " tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n"
6095 " each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n"
7581 " each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n"
6096 " changed files and full commit message are shown.\n"
7582 " changed files and full commit message are shown."
6097 "\n"
7583 msgstr ""
7584 " By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n"
7585 " tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n"
7586 " each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n"
7587 " changed files and full commit message are shown."
7588
7589 msgid ""
6098 " NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
7590 " NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
6099 " changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n"
7591 " changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n"
6100 " its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n"
7592 " its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n"
6101 " will appear in files:.\n"
7593 " will appear in files:.\n"
6102 " "
7594 " "
6103 msgstr ""
7595 msgstr ""
6104 "顯示整個 repository 或特定檔案的 revision history\n"
6105 "\n"
6106 " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n"
6107 " project.\n"
6108 "\n"
6109 " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n"
6110 " files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n"
6111 " renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n"
6112 " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n"
6113 " only follows the first parent of merge revisions.\n"
6114 "\n"
6115 " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n"
6116 " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n"
6117 " used as the starting revision.\n"
6118 "\n"
6119 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
6120 "\n"
6121 " By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n"
6122 " tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n"
6123 " each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n"
6124 " changed files and full commit message are shown.\n"
6125 "\n"
6126 " NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
7596 " NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
6127 " changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n"
7597 " changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n"
6128 " its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n"
7598 " its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n"
6129 " will appear in files:.\n"
7599 " will appear in files:.\n"
6130 " "
7600 " "
6131
7601
6132 msgid ""
7602 msgid "output the current or given revision of the project manifest"
6133 "output the current or given revision of the project manifest\n"
7603 msgstr "輸出 project manifest 目前或指定的 revision"
6134 "\n"
7604
7605 msgid ""
6135 " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n"
7606 " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n"
6136 " If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n"
7607 " If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n"
6137 " is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out.\n"
7608 " is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out."
6138 "\n"
7609 msgstr ""
7610 " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n"
7611 " If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n"
7612 " is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out."
7613
7614 msgid ""
6139 " With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n"
7615 " With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n"
6140 " With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n"
7616 " With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n"
6141 " "
7617 " "
6142 msgstr ""
7618 msgstr ""
6143 "輸出 project manifest 目前或指定的 revision\n"
6144 "\n"
6145 " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n"
6146 " If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n"
6147 " is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out.\n"
6148 "\n"
6149 " With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n"
7619 " With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n"
6150 " With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n"
7620 " With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n"
6151 " "
7621 " "
6152
7622
6153 msgid ""
7623 msgid "merge working directory with another revision"
6154 "merge working directory with another revision\n"
7624 msgstr "將 working directory 與其他的 revision 合併"
6155 "\n"
7625
7626 msgid ""
6156 " The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n"
7627 " The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n"
6157 " the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision.\n"
7628 " the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision."
6158 "\n"
7629 msgstr ""
7630 " The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n"
7631 " the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision."
7632
7633 msgid ""
6159 " Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n"
7634 " Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n"
6160 " the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n"
7635 " the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n"
6161 " updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n"
7636 " updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n"
6162 " two parents.\n"
7637 " two parents."
6163 "\n"
7638 msgstr ""
7639 " Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n"
7640 " the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n"
7641 " updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n"
7642 " two parents."
7643
7644 msgid ""
6164 " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n"
7645 " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n"
6165 " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n"
7646 " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n"
6166 " head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n"
7647 " head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n"
6167 " explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided.\n"
7648 " explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided.\n"
6168 " "
7649 " "
6169 msgstr ""
7650 msgstr ""
6170 "將 working directory 與其他的 revision 合併\n"
6171 "\n"
6172 " The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n"
6173 " the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision.\n"
6174 "\n"
6175 " Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n"
6176 " the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n"
6177 " updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n"
6178 " two parents.\n"
6179 "\n"
6180 " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n"
7651 " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n"
6181 " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n"
7652 " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n"
6182 " head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n"
7653 " head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n"
@@ -6198,33 +7669,32 b' msgstr ""'
6198 msgid "%s - use \"hg update\" instead"
7669 msgid "%s - use \"hg update\" instead"
6199 msgstr ""
7670 msgstr ""
6200
7671
6201 msgid ""
7672 msgid "working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit rev"
6202 "working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit "
7673 msgstr ""
6203 "rev"
7674
6204 msgstr ""
7675 msgid "show changesets not found in destination"
6205
7676 msgstr "顯示目的端沒有的 changesets"
6206 msgid ""
7677
6207 "show changesets not found in destination\n"
7678 msgid ""
6208 "\n"
7679 " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n"
7680 " or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n"
7681 " be pushed if a push was requested."
7682 msgstr ""
6209 " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n"
7683 " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n"
6210 " or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n"
7684 " or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n"
6211 " be pushed if a push was requested.\n"
7685 " be pushed if a push was requested."
6212 "\n"
7686
7687 msgid ""
7688 " See pull for valid destination format details.\n"
7689 " "
7690 msgstr ""
6213 " See pull for valid destination format details.\n"
7691 " See pull for valid destination format details.\n"
6214 " "
7692 " "
6215 msgstr ""
7693
6216 "顯示目的端沒有的 changesets\n"
7694 msgid "show the parents of the working directory or revision"
6217 "\n"
7695 msgstr "顯示 working directory 或特定 revision 的 parents"
6218 " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n"
7696
6219 " or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n"
7697 msgid ""
6220 " be pushed if a push was requested.\n"
6221 "\n"
6222 " See pull for valid destination format details.\n"
6223 " "
6224
6225 msgid ""
6226 "show the parents of the working directory or revision\n"
6227 "\n"
6228 " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n"
7698 " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n"
6229 " given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n"
7699 " given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n"
6230 " If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n"
7700 " If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n"
@@ -6232,8 +7702,6 b' msgid ""'
6232 " argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
7702 " argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
6233 " "
7703 " "
6234 msgstr ""
7704 msgstr ""
6235 "顯示 working directory 或特定 revision 的 parents\n"
6236 "\n"
6237 " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n"
7705 " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n"
6238 " given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n"
7706 " given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n"
6239 " If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n"
7707 " If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n"
@@ -6248,26 +7716,27 b' msgstr ""'
6248 msgid "'%s' not found in manifest!"
7716 msgid "'%s' not found in manifest!"
6249 msgstr ""
7717 msgstr ""
6250
7718
6251 msgid ""
7719 msgid "show aliases for remote repositories"
6252 "show aliases for remote repositories\n"
7720 msgstr "顯示 remote repositories 的別名"
6253 "\n"
7721
7722 msgid ""
7723 " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n"
7724 " show definition of all available names."
7725 msgstr ""
6254 " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n"
7726 " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n"
6255 " show definition of all available names.\n"
7727 " show definition of all available names."
6256 "\n"
7728
7729 msgid ""
6257 " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n"
7730 " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n"
6258 " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too.\n"
7731 " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too."
6259 "\n"
7732 msgstr ""
7733 " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n"
7734 " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too."
7735
7736 msgid ""
6260 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
7737 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
6261 " "
7738 " "
6262 msgstr ""
7739 msgstr ""
6263 "顯示 remote repositories 的別名\n"
6264 "\n"
6265 " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n"
6266 " show definition of all available names.\n"
6267 "\n"
6268 " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n"
6269 " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too.\n"
6270 "\n"
6271 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
7740 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
6272 " "
7741 " "
6273
7742
@@ -6283,81 +7752,87 b' msgstr "(\xe5\x9f\xb7\xe8\xa1\x8c \'hg heads\' \xe4\xbb\xa5\xe9\xa1\xaf\xe7\xa4\xba heads\xef\xbc\x8c\'hg merge\' \xe4\xbb\xa5\xe5\x9f\xb7\xe8\xa1\x8c\xe5\x90\x88\xe4\xbd\xb5)\\n"'
6283 msgid "(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n"
7752 msgid "(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n"
6284 msgstr "(執行 'hg update' 來取得 working copy)\n"
7753 msgstr "(執行 'hg update' 來取得 working copy)\n"
6285
7754
6286 msgid ""
7755 msgid "pull changes from the specified source"
6287 "pull changes from the specified source\n"
7756 msgstr "pull 指定來源端的 changes"
6288 "\n"
7757
6289 " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one.\n"
7758 msgid " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one."
6290 "\n"
7759 msgstr " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one."
7760
7761 msgid ""
6291 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
7762 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
6292 " or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n"
7763 " or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n"
6293 " -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n"
7764 " -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n"
6294 " project in the working directory.\n"
7765 " project in the working directory."
6295 "\n"
7766 msgstr ""
7767 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
7768 " or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n"
7769 " -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n"
7770 " project in the working directory."
7771
7772 msgid ""
6296 " Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n"
7773 " Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n"
6297 " pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n"
7774 " pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n"
6298 " added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n"
7775 " added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n"
6299 " where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming.\n"
7776 " where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming."
6300 "\n"
7777 msgstr ""
6301 " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n"
6302 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
6303 " "
6304 msgstr ""
6305 "pull 指定來源端的 changes\n"
6306 "\n"
6307 " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one.\n"
6308 "\n"
6309 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
6310 " or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n"
6311 " -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n"
6312 " project in the working directory.\n"
6313 "\n"
6314 " Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n"
7778 " Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n"
6315 " pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n"
7779 " pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n"
6316 " added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n"
7780 " added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n"
6317 " where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming.\n"
7781 " where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming."
6318 "\n"
7782
7783 msgid ""
7784 " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n"
7785 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
7786 " "
7787 msgstr ""
6319 " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n"
7788 " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n"
6320 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
7789 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
6321 " "
7790 " "
6322
7791
6323 #, fuzzy
7792 #, fuzzy
6324 msgid ""
7793 msgid "push changes to the specified destination"
6325 "push changes to the specified destination\n"
7794 msgstr "將 changes push 至指定的目的端"
6326 "\n"
7795
6327 " Push changes from the local repository to the given destination.\n"
7796 #, fuzzy
6328 "\n"
7797 msgid " Push changes from the local repository to the given destination."
7798 msgstr " Push changes from the local repository to the given destination."
7799
7800 #, fuzzy
7801 msgid ""
6329 " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n"
7802 " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n"
6330 " the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n"
7803 " the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n"
6331 " local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n"
7804 " local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n"
6332 " current one.\n"
7805 " current one."
6333 "\n"
7806 msgstr ""
6334 " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n"
6335 " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n"
6336 " user forgot to pull and merge before pushing.\n"
6337 "\n"
6338 " If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n"
6339 " be pushed to the remote repository.\n"
6340 "\n"
6341 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n"
6342 " URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n"
6343 " "
6344 msgstr ""
6345 "將 changes push 至指定的目的端\n"
6346 "\n"
6347 " Push changes from the local repository to the given destination.\n"
6348 "\n"
6349 " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n"
7807 " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n"
6350 " the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n"
7808 " the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n"
6351 " local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n"
7809 " local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n"
6352 " current one.\n"
7810 " current one."
6353 "\n"
7811
7812 #, fuzzy
7813 msgid ""
7814 " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n"
7815 " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n"
7816 " user forgot to pull and merge before pushing."
7817 msgstr ""
6354 " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n"
7818 " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n"
6355 " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n"
7819 " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n"
6356 " user forgot to pull and merge before pushing.\n"
7820 " user forgot to pull and merge before pushing."
6357 "\n"
7821
7822 #, fuzzy
7823 msgid ""
7824 " If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n"
7825 " be pushed to the remote repository."
7826 msgstr ""
6358 " If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n"
7827 " If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n"
6359 " be pushed to the remote repository.\n"
7828 " be pushed to the remote repository."
6360 "\n"
7829
7830 #, fuzzy
7831 msgid ""
7832 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n"
7833 " URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n"
7834 " "
7835 msgstr ""
6361 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n"
7836 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n"
6362 " URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n"
7837 " URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n"
6363 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
7838 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
@@ -6367,75 +7842,79 b' msgstr ""'
6367 msgid "pushing to %s\n"
7842 msgid "pushing to %s\n"
6368 msgstr ""
7843 msgstr ""
6369
7844
6370 msgid ""
7845 msgid "roll back an interrupted transaction"
6371 "roll back an interrupted transaction\n"
7846 msgstr "roll back 一個被中斷的 transaction"
6372 "\n"
7847
6373 " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull.\n"
7848 msgid " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull."
6374 "\n"
7849 msgstr " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull."
7850
7851 msgid ""
6375 " This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n"
7852 " This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n"
6376 " interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n"
7853 " interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n"
6377 " suggests it.\n"
7854 " suggests it.\n"
6378 " "
7855 " "
6379 msgstr ""
7856 msgstr ""
6380 "roll back 一個被中斷的 transaction\n"
6381 "\n"
6382 " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull.\n"
6383 "\n"
6384 " This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n"
7857 " This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n"
6385 " interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n"
7858 " interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n"
6386 " suggests it.\n"
7859 " suggests it.\n"
6387 " "
7860 " "
6388
7861
6389 #, fuzzy
7862 #, fuzzy
6390 msgid ""
7863 msgid "remove the specified files on the next commit"
6391 "remove the specified files on the next commit\n"
7864 msgstr "移除下次要 commit 的檔案"
6392 "\n"
7865
6393 " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository.\n"
7866 #, fuzzy
6394 "\n"
7867 msgid " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository."
7868 msgstr " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository."
7869
7870 #, fuzzy
7871 msgid ""
6395 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
7872 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
6396 " entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n"
7873 " entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n"
6397 " files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n"
7874 " files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n"
6398 " force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n"
7875 " force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n"
6399 " revision without deleting them from the working directory.\n"
7876 " revision without deleting them from the working directory."
6400 "\n"
7877 msgstr ""
7878 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
7879 " entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n"
7880 " files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n"
7881 " force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n"
7882 " revision without deleting them from the working directory."
7883
7884 #, fuzzy
7885 msgid ""
6401 " The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
7886 " The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
6402 " file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n"
7887 " file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n"
6403 " states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as\n"
7888 " states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as\n"
6404 " reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)\n"
7889 " reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)\n"
6405 " and Delete (from disk)::\n"
7890 " and Delete (from disk)::"
6406 "\n"
7891 msgstr ""
7892 " The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
7893 " file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n"
7894 " states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]\n"
7895 " (as reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from\n"
7896 " branch) and Delete (from disk)."
7897
7898 #, fuzzy
7899 msgid ""
6407 " A C M !\n"
7900 " A C M !\n"
6408 " none W RD W R\n"
7901 " none W RD W R\n"
6409 " -f R RD RD R\n"
7902 " -f R RD RD R\n"
6410 " -A W W W R\n"
7903 " -A W W W R\n"
6411 " -Af R R R R\n"
7904 " -Af R R R R"
6412 "\n"
7905 msgstr ""
6413 " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
6414 " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
6415 " "
6416 msgstr ""
6417 "移除下次要 commit 的檔案\n"
6418 "\n"
6419 " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository.\n"
6420 "\n"
6421 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
6422 " entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n"
6423 " files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n"
6424 " force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n"
6425 " revision without deleting them from the working directory.\n"
6426 "\n"
6427 " The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
6428 " file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n"
6429 " states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]\n"
6430 " (as reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from\n"
6431 " branch) and Delete (from disk).\n"
6432 "\n"
6433 " A C M !\n"
7906 " A C M !\n"
6434 " none W RD W R\n"
7907 " none W RD W R\n"
6435 " -f R RD RD R\n"
7908 " -f R RD RD R\n"
6436 " -A W W W R\n"
7909 " -A W W W R\n"
6437 " -Af R R R R\n"
7910 " -Af R R R R"
6438 "\n"
7911
7912 #, fuzzy
7913 msgid ""
7914 " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
7915 " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
7916 " "
7917 msgstr ""
6439 " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
7918 " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
6440 " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
7919 " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
6441 " "
7920 " "
@@ -6457,38 +7936,56 b' msgstr ""'
6457 msgid "has been marked for add"
7936 msgid "has been marked for add"
6458 msgstr ""
7937 msgstr ""
6459
7938
6460 msgid ""
7939 msgid "rename files; equivalent of copy + remove"
6461 "rename files; equivalent of copy + remove\n"
7940 msgstr "重新命名檔案;等同於 copy + remove"
6462 "\n"
7941
7942 msgid ""
6463 " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n"
7943 " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n"
6464 " is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n"
7944 " is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n"
6465 " file, there can only be one source.\n"
7945 " file, there can only be one source."
6466 "\n"
7946 msgstr ""
6467 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
7947 " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n"
6468 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
7948 " is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n"
6469 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n"
7949 " file, there can only be one source."
6470 "\n"
7950
7951 msgid ""
7952 " This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n"
7953 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
7954 " "
7955 msgstr ""
6471 " This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n"
7956 " This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n"
6472 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
7957 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
6473 " "
7958 " "
6474 msgstr ""
7959
6475 "重新命名檔案;等同於 copy + remove\n"
7960 #, fuzzy
6476 "\n"
7961 msgid "retry file merges from a merge or update"
6477 " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n"
7962 msgstr ""
6478 " is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n"
7963 "重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n"
6479 " file, there can only be one source.\n"
7964 "\n"
6480 "\n"
7965 " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
6481 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
7966 " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
6482 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
7967 " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n"
6483 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n"
7968 "\n"
6484 "\n"
7969 " If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
6485 " This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n"
7970 " will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
6486 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
7971 " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n"
6487 " "
7972 "\n"
6488
7973 " This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
6489 #, fuzzy
7974 " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
6490 msgid ""
7975 " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
6491 "retry file merges from a merge or update\n"
7976 "\n"
7977 " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
7978 " U = unresolved\n"
7979 " R = resolved\n"
7980 " "
7981
7982 #, fuzzy
7983 msgid ""
7984 " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
7985 " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
7986 " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch."
7987 msgstr ""
7988 "重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n"
6492 "\n"
7989 "\n"
6493 " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
7990 " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
6494 " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
7991 " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
@@ -6502,8 +7999,85 b' msgid ""'
6502 " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
7999 " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
6503 " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
8000 " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
6504 "\n"
8001 "\n"
6505 " The codes used to show the status of files are::\n"
8002 " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
6506 "\n"
8003 " U = unresolved\n"
8004 " R = resolved\n"
8005 " "
8006
8007 #, fuzzy
8008 msgid ""
8009 " If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
8010 " will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
8011 " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved."
8012 msgstr ""
8013 "重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n"
8014 "\n"
8015 " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
8016 " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
8017 " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n"
8018 "\n"
8019 " If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
8020 " will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
8021 " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n"
8022 "\n"
8023 " This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
8024 " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
8025 " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
8026 "\n"
8027 " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
8028 " U = unresolved\n"
8029 " R = resolved\n"
8030 " "
8031
8032 #, fuzzy
8033 msgid ""
8034 " This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
8035 " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
8036 " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted."
8037 msgstr ""
8038 "重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n"
8039 "\n"
8040 " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
8041 " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
8042 " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n"
8043 "\n"
8044 " If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
8045 " will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
8046 " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n"
8047 "\n"
8048 " This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
8049 " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
8050 " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
8051 "\n"
8052 " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
8053 " U = unresolved\n"
8054 " R = resolved\n"
8055 " "
8056
8057 #, fuzzy
8058 msgid " The codes used to show the status of files are::"
8059 msgstr ""
8060 "重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n"
8061 "\n"
8062 " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
8063 " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
8064 " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n"
8065 "\n"
8066 " If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
8067 " will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
8068 " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n"
8069 "\n"
8070 " This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
8071 " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
8072 " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
8073 "\n"
8074 " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
8075 " U = unresolved\n"
8076 " R = resolved\n"
8077 " "
8078
8079 #, fuzzy
8080 msgid ""
6507 " U = unresolved\n"
8081 " U = unresolved\n"
6508 " R = resolved\n"
8082 " R = resolved\n"
6509 " "
8083 " "
@@ -6536,69 +8110,74 b' msgstr ""'
6536 msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to remerge all files"
8110 msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to remerge all files"
6537 msgstr ""
8111 msgstr ""
6538
8112
6539 msgid ""
8113 msgid "restore individual files or directories to an earlier state"
6540 "restore individual files or directories to an earlier state\n"
8114 msgstr "將特定的檔案或目錄回復成較早的狀態"
6541 "\n"
8115
8116 msgid ""
8117 " (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n"
8118 " change the working directory parents.)"
8119 msgstr ""
6542 " (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n"
8120 " (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n"
6543 " change the working directory parents.)\n"
8121 " change the working directory parents.)"
6544 "\n"
8122
8123 msgid ""
8124 " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n"
8125 " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n"
8126 " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n"
8127 " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n"
8128 " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n"
8129 " revision to revert to."
8130 msgstr ""
6545 " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n"
8131 " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n"
6546 " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n"
8132 " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n"
6547 " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n"
8133 " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n"
6548 " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n"
8134 " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n"
6549 " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n"
8135 " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n"
6550 " revision to revert to.\n"
8136 " revision to revert to."
6551 "\n"
8137
8138 msgid ""
6552 " Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n"
8139 " Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n"
6553 " to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n"
8140 " to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n"
6554 " to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n"
8141 " to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n"
6555 " dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
8142 " dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
6556 "\n"
8143 msgstr ""
8144 " Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n"
8145 " to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n"
8146 " to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n"
8147 " dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
8148
8149 msgid ""
6557 " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n"
8150 " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n"
6558 " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n"
8151 " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n"
6559 " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n"
8152 " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n"
6560 " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n"
8153 " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n"
6561 " afterwards.\n"
8154 " afterwards."
6562 "\n"
8155 msgstr ""
6563 " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n"
6564 " of a file was changed, it is reset.\n"
6565 "\n"
6566 " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n"
6567 " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted.\n"
6568 "\n"
6569 " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n"
6570 " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n"
6571 " "
6572 msgstr ""
6573 "將特定的檔案或目錄回復成較早的狀態\n"
6574 "\n"
6575 " (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n"
6576 " change the working directory parents.)\n"
6577 "\n"
6578 " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n"
6579 " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n"
6580 " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n"
6581 " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n"
6582 " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n"
6583 " revision to revert to.\n"
6584 "\n"
6585 " Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n"
6586 " to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n"
6587 " to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n"
6588 " dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
6589 "\n"
6590 " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n"
8156 " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n"
6591 " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n"
8157 " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n"
6592 " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n"
8158 " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n"
6593 " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n"
8159 " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n"
6594 " afterwards.\n"
8160 " afterwards."
6595 "\n"
8161
8162 msgid ""
8163 " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n"
8164 " of a file was changed, it is reset."
8165 msgstr ""
6596 " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n"
8166 " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n"
6597 " of a file was changed, it is reset.\n"
8167 " of a file was changed, it is reset."
6598 "\n"
8168
8169 msgid ""
8170 " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n"
8171 " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted."
8172 msgstr ""
6599 " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n"
8173 " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n"
6600 " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted.\n"
8174 " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted."
6601 "\n"
8175
8176 msgid ""
8177 " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n"
8178 " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n"
8179 " "
8180 msgstr ""
6602 " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n"
8181 " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n"
6603 " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n"
8182 " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n"
6604 " "
8183 " "
@@ -6634,26 +8213,50 b' msgid "no changes needed to %s\\n"'
6634 msgstr ""
8213 msgstr ""
6635
8214
6636 #, fuzzy
8215 #, fuzzy
6637 msgid ""
8216 msgid "roll back the last transaction"
6638 "roll back the last transaction\n"
8217 msgstr "roll back 最後一次的 transaction"
6639 "\n"
8218
8219 #, fuzzy
8220 msgid ""
6640 " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n"
8221 " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n"
6641 " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n"
8222 " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n"
6642 " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n"
8223 " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n"
6643 " any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter\n"
8224 " any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter\n"
6644 " the working directory.\n"
8225 " the working directory."
6645 "\n"
8226 msgstr ""
8227 " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n"
8228 " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n"
8229 " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n"
8230 " any dirstate changes since that time."
8231
8232 #, fuzzy
8233 msgid ""
6646 " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
8234 " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
6647 " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n"
8235 " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n"
6648 " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n"
8236 " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n"
6649 " and their effects can be rolled back::\n"
8237 " and their effects can be rolled back::"
6650 "\n"
8238 msgstr ""
8239 " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
8240 " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n"
8241 " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n"
8242 " and their effects can be rolled back:"
8243
8244 #, fuzzy
8245 msgid ""
6651 " commit\n"
8246 " commit\n"
6652 " import\n"
8247 " import\n"
6653 " pull\n"
8248 " pull\n"
6654 " push (with this repository as destination)\n"
8249 " push (with this repository as destination)\n"
6655 " unbundle\n"
8250 " unbundle"
6656 "\n"
8251 msgstr ""
8252 " commit\n"
8253 " import\n"
8254 " pull\n"
8255 " push (with this repository as destination)\n"
8256 " unbundle"
8257
8258 #, fuzzy
8259 msgid ""
6657 " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n"
8260 " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n"
6658 " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n"
8261 " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n"
6659 " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n"
8262 " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n"
@@ -6662,24 +8265,6 b' msgid ""'
6662 " may fail if a rollback is performed.\n"
8265 " may fail if a rollback is performed.\n"
6663 " "
8266 " "
6664 msgstr ""
8267 msgstr ""
6665 "roll back 最後一次的 transaction\n"
6666 "\n"
6667 " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n"
6668 " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n"
6669 " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n"
6670 " any dirstate changes since that time.\n"
6671 "\n"
6672 " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
6673 " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n"
6674 " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n"
6675 " and their effects can be rolled back:\n"
6676 "\n"
6677 " commit\n"
6678 " import\n"
6679 " pull\n"
6680 " push (with this repository as destination)\n"
6681 " unbundle\n"
6682 "\n"
6683 " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n"
8268 " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n"
6684 " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n"
8269 " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n"
6685 " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n"
8270 " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n"
@@ -6688,31 +8273,28 b' msgstr ""'
6688 " may fail if a rollback is performed.\n"
8273 " may fail if a rollback is performed.\n"
6689 " "
8274 " "
6690
8275
6691 msgid ""
8276 msgid "print the root (top) of the current working directory"
6692 "print the root (top) of the current working directory\n"
8277 msgstr "顯示目前 working directory 的 root 目錄"
6693 "\n"
8278
8279 msgid ""
8280 " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n"
8281 " "
8282 msgstr ""
6694 " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n"
8283 " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n"
6695 " "
8284 " "
6696 msgstr ""
8285
6697 "顯示目前 working directory 的 root 目錄\n"
8286 msgid "export the repository via HTTP"
6698 "\n"
8287 msgstr "將 repository 經由 HTTP 發佈"
6699 " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n"
8288
6700 " "
8289 msgid " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server."
6701
8290 msgstr " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server."
6702 msgid ""
8291
6703 "export the repository via HTTP\n"
8292 msgid ""
6704 "\n"
6705 " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server.\n"
6706 "\n"
6707 " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n"
8293 " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n"
6708 " stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n"
8294 " stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n"
6709 " files.\n"
8295 " files.\n"
6710 " "
8296 " "
6711 msgstr ""
8297 msgstr ""
6712 "將 repository 經由 HTTP 發佈\n"
6713 "\n"
6714 " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server.\n"
6715 "\n"
6716 " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n"
8298 " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n"
6717 " stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n"
8299 " stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n"
6718 " files.\n"
8300 " files.\n"
@@ -6723,8 +8305,9 b' msgid "listening at http://%s%s/%s (boun'
6723 msgstr ""
8305 msgstr ""
6724
8306
6725 #, fuzzy
8307 #, fuzzy
6726 msgid ""
8308 msgid "show changed files in the working directory"
6727 "show changed files in the working directory\n"
8309 msgstr ""
8310 "顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n"
6728 "\n"
8311 "\n"
6729 " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
8312 " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
6730 " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
8313 " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
@@ -6745,8 +8328,174 b' msgid ""'
6745 " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
8328 " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
6746 " shown.\n"
8329 " shown.\n"
6747 "\n"
8330 "\n"
6748 " The codes used to show the status of files are::\n"
8331 " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
6749 "\n"
8332 " M = modified\n"
8333 " A = added\n"
8334 " R = removed\n"
8335 " C = clean\n"
8336 " ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
8337 " ? = not tracked\n"
8338 " I = ignored\n"
8339 " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
8340 " "
8341
8342 #, fuzzy
8343 msgid ""
8344 " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
8345 " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
8346 " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
8347 " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
8348 " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
8349 " options -mardu are used."
8350 msgstr ""
8351 "顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n"
8352 "\n"
8353 " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
8354 " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
8355 " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
8356 " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
8357 " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
8358 " options -mardu are used.\n"
8359 "\n"
8360 " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
8361 " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
8362 "\n"
8363 " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
8364 " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
8365 " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
8366 " to one merge parent.\n"
8367 "\n"
8368 " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
8369 " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
8370 " shown.\n"
8371 "\n"
8372 " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
8373 " M = modified\n"
8374 " A = added\n"
8375 " R = removed\n"
8376 " C = clean\n"
8377 " ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
8378 " ? = not tracked\n"
8379 " I = ignored\n"
8380 " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
8381 " "
8382
8383 #, fuzzy
8384 msgid ""
8385 " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
8386 " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored."
8387 msgstr ""
8388 "顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n"
8389 "\n"
8390 " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
8391 " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
8392 " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
8393 " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
8394 " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
8395 " options -mardu are used.\n"
8396 "\n"
8397 " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
8398 " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
8399 "\n"
8400 " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
8401 " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
8402 " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
8403 " to one merge parent.\n"
8404 "\n"
8405 " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
8406 " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
8407 " shown.\n"
8408 "\n"
8409 " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
8410 " M = modified\n"
8411 " A = added\n"
8412 " R = removed\n"
8413 " C = clean\n"
8414 " ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
8415 " ? = not tracked\n"
8416 " I = ignored\n"
8417 " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
8418 " "
8419
8420 #, fuzzy
8421 msgid ""
8422 " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
8423 " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
8424 " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
8425 " to one merge parent."
8426 msgstr ""
8427 "顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n"
8428 "\n"
8429 " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
8430 " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
8431 " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
8432 " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
8433 " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
8434 " options -mardu are used.\n"
8435 "\n"
8436 " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
8437 " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
8438 "\n"
8439 " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
8440 " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
8441 " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
8442 " to one merge parent.\n"
8443 "\n"
8444 " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
8445 " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
8446 " shown.\n"
8447 "\n"
8448 " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
8449 " M = modified\n"
8450 " A = added\n"
8451 " R = removed\n"
8452 " C = clean\n"
8453 " ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
8454 " ? = not tracked\n"
8455 " I = ignored\n"
8456 " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
8457 " "
8458
8459 #, fuzzy
8460 msgid ""
8461 " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
8462 " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
8463 " shown."
8464 msgstr ""
8465 "顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n"
8466 "\n"
8467 " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
8468 " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
8469 " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
8470 " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
8471 " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
8472 " options -mardu are used.\n"
8473 "\n"
8474 " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
8475 " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
8476 "\n"
8477 " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
8478 " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
8479 " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
8480 " to one merge parent.\n"
8481 "\n"
8482 " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
8483 " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
8484 " shown.\n"
8485 "\n"
8486 " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
8487 " M = modified\n"
8488 " A = added\n"
8489 " R = removed\n"
8490 " C = clean\n"
8491 " ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
8492 " ? = not tracked\n"
8493 " I = ignored\n"
8494 " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
8495 " "
8496
8497 #, fuzzy
8498 msgid ""
6750 " M = modified\n"
8499 " M = modified\n"
6751 " A = added\n"
8500 " A = added\n"
6752 " R = removed\n"
8501 " R = removed\n"
@@ -6789,12 +8538,15 b' msgstr ""'
6789 " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
8538 " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
6790 " "
8539 " "
6791
8540
6792 msgid ""
8541 msgid "summarize working directory state"
6793 "summarize working directory state\n"
8542 msgstr ""
6794 "\n"
8543
8544 msgid ""
6795 " This generates a brief summary of the working directory state,\n"
8545 " This generates a brief summary of the working directory state,\n"
6796 " including parents, branch, commit status, and available updates.\n"
8546 " including parents, branch, commit status, and available updates."
6797 "\n"
8547 msgstr ""
8548
8549 msgid ""
6798 " With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for\n"
8550 " With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for\n"
6799 " incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming.\n"
8551 " incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming.\n"
6800 " "
8552 " "
@@ -6885,46 +8637,40 b' msgstr "\xe9\x81\xa0\xe7\xab\xaf: "'
6885 msgid "remote: (synced)\n"
8637 msgid "remote: (synced)\n"
6886 msgstr "遠端: "
8638 msgstr "遠端: "
6887
8639
6888 msgid ""
8640 msgid "add one or more tags for the current or given revision"
6889 "add one or more tags for the current or given revision\n"
8641 msgstr "對目前或是指定的 revision 新增一或多個 tags"
6890 "\n"
8642
6891 " Name a particular revision using <name>.\n"
8643 msgid " Name a particular revision using <name>."
6892 "\n"
8644 msgstr " Name a particular revision using <name>."
8645
8646 msgid ""
6893 " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n"
8647 " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n"
6894 " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n"
8648 " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n"
6895 " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc.\n"
8649 " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc."
6896 "\n"
8650 msgstr ""
8651 " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n"
8652 " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n"
8653 " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc."
8654
8655 msgid ""
6897 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n"
8656 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n"
6898 " used, or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
8657 " used, or tip if no revision is checked out."
6899 "\n"
8658 msgstr ""
8659 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n"
8660 " used, or tip if no revision is checked out."
8661
8662 msgid ""
6900 " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n"
8663 " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n"
6901 " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n"
8664 " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n"
6902 " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n"
8665 " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n"
6903 " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n"
8666 " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n"
6904 " shared among repositories).\n"
8667 " shared among repositories)."
6905 "\n"
8668 msgstr ""
6906 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
6907 " "
6908 msgstr ""
6909 "對目前或是指定的 revision 新增一或多個 tags\n"
6910 "\n"
6911 " Name a particular revision using <name>.\n"
6912 "\n"
6913 " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n"
6914 " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n"
6915 " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc.\n"
6916 "\n"
6917 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n"
6918 " used, or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
6919 "\n"
6920 " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n"
8669 " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n"
6921 " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n"
8670 " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n"
6922 " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n"
8671 " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n"
6923 " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n"
8672 " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n"
6924 " shared among repositories).\n"
8673 " shared among repositories)."
6925 "\n"
6926 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
6927 " "
6928
8674
6929 msgid "tag names must be unique"
8675 msgid "tag names must be unique"
6930 msgstr ""
8676 msgstr ""
@@ -6952,119 +8698,119 b' msgstr ""'
6952 msgid "tag '%s' already exists (use -f to force)"
8698 msgid "tag '%s' already exists (use -f to force)"
6953 msgstr ""
8699 msgstr ""
6954
8700
6955 msgid ""
8701 msgid "list repository tags"
6956 "list repository tags\n"
8702 msgstr "列出 repository tags"
6957 "\n"
8703
8704 msgid ""
8705 " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n"
8706 " switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n"
8707 " "
8708 msgstr ""
6958 " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n"
8709 " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n"
6959 " switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n"
8710 " switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n"
6960 " "
8711 " "
6961 msgstr ""
8712
6962 "列出 repository tags\n"
8713 msgid "show the tip revision"
6963 "\n"
8714 msgstr "顯示 tip revision"
6964 " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n"
8715
6965 " switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n"
8716 msgid ""
6966 " "
6967
6968 msgid ""
6969 "show the tip revision\n"
6970 "\n"
6971 " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n"
8717 " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n"
6972 " most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n"
8718 " most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n"
6973 " recently changed head).\n"
8719 " recently changed head)."
6974 "\n"
8720 msgstr ""
8721 " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n"
8722 " most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n"
8723 " recently changed head)."
8724
8725 msgid ""
6975 " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n"
8726 " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n"
6976 " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n"
8727 " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n"
6977 " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n"
8728 " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n"
6978 " and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n"
8729 " and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n"
6979 " "
8730 " "
6980 msgstr ""
8731 msgstr ""
6981 "顯示 tip revision\n"
6982 "\n"
6983 " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n"
6984 " most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n"
6985 " recently changed head).\n"
6986 "\n"
6987 " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n"
8732 " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n"
6988 " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n"
8733 " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n"
6989 " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n"
8734 " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n"
6990 " and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n"
8735 " and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n"
6991 " "
8736 " "
6992
8737
6993 msgid ""
8738 msgid "apply one or more changegroup files"
6994 "apply one or more changegroup files\n"
8739 msgstr "套用一或多個 changegroup 檔案"
6995 "\n"
8740
8741 msgid ""
6996 " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n"
8742 " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n"
6997 " bundle command.\n"
8743 " bundle command.\n"
6998 " "
8744 " "
6999 msgstr ""
8745 msgstr ""
7000 "套用一或多個 changegroup 檔案\n"
7001 "\n"
7002 " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n"
8746 " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n"
7003 " bundle command.\n"
8747 " bundle command.\n"
7004 " "
8748 " "
7005
8749
7006 #, fuzzy
8750 #, fuzzy
7007 msgid ""
8751 msgid "update working directory"
7008 "update working directory\n"
8752 msgstr "更新 working directory"
7009 "\n"
8753
8754 #, fuzzy
8755 msgid ""
7010 " Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n"
8756 " Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n"
7011 " revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n"
8757 " revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n"
7012 " Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n"
8758 " Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n"
7013 " clone -U').\n"
8759 " clone -U')."
7014 "\n"
8760 msgstr ""
8761 " Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n"
8762 " revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n"
8763 " Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n"
8764 " clone -U')."
8765
8766 #, fuzzy
8767 msgid ""
7015 " When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n"
8768 " When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n"
7016 " will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n"
8769 " will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n"
7017 " repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n"
8770 " repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n"
7018 " the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n"
8771 " the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n"
7019 " branch.\n"
8772 " branch."
7020 "\n"
8773 msgstr ""
8774 " When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n"
8775 " will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n"
8776 " repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n"
8777 " the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n"
8778 " branch."
8779
8780 #, fuzzy
8781 msgid ""
7021 " When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n"
8782 " When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n"
7022 " discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n"
8783 " discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n"
7023 " directory with the requested revision. Alternately, use -c/--check\n"
8784 " directory with the requested revision. Alternately, use -c/--check\n"
7024 " to abort.\n"
8785 " to abort."
7025 "\n"
8786 msgstr ""
8787 " When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n"
8788 " discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n"
8789 " directory with the requested revision."
8790
8791 #, fuzzy
8792 msgid ""
7026 " When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n"
8793 " When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n"
7027 " used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n"
8794 " used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n"
7028 " same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n"
8795 " same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n"
7029 " new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n"
8796 " new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n"
7030 " with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n"
8797 " with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n"
7031 " a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead.\n"
8798 " a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead."
7032 "\n"
8799 msgstr ""
7033 " If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n"
7034 " revert.\n"
7035 "\n"
7036 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
7037 " "
7038 msgstr ""
7039 "更新 working directory\n"
7040 "\n"
7041 " Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n"
7042 " revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n"
7043 " Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n"
7044 " clone -U').\n"
7045 "\n"
7046 " When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n"
7047 " will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n"
7048 " repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n"
7049 " the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n"
7050 " branch.\n"
7051 "\n"
7052 " When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n"
7053 " discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n"
7054 " directory with the requested revision.\n"
7055 "\n"
7056 " When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n"
8800 " When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n"
7057 " used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n"
8801 " used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n"
7058 " same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n"
8802 " same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n"
7059 " new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n"
8803 " new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n"
7060 " with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n"
8804 " with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n"
7061 " a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead.\n"
8805 " a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead."
7062 "\n"
8806
8807 #, fuzzy
8808 msgid ""
7063 " If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n"
8809 " If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n"
7064 " revert.\n"
8810 " revert."
7065 "\n"
8811 msgstr ""
7066 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
8812 " If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n"
7067 " "
8813 " revert."
7068
8814
7069 msgid "cannot specify both -c/--check and -C/--clean"
8815 msgid "cannot specify both -c/--check and -C/--clean"
7070 msgstr ""
8816 msgstr ""
@@ -7073,21 +8819,19 b' msgstr ""'
7073 msgid "uncommitted local changes"
8819 msgid "uncommitted local changes"
7074 msgstr "未同步的變更"
8820 msgstr "未同步的變更"
7075
8821
7076 msgid ""
8822 msgid "verify the integrity of the repository"
7077 "verify the integrity of the repository\n"
8823 msgstr "驗證 repository 的完整性"
7078 "\n"
8824
7079 " Verify the integrity of the current repository.\n"
8825 msgid " Verify the integrity of the current repository."
7080 "\n"
8826 msgstr " Verify the integrity of the current repository."
8827
8828 msgid ""
7081 " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n"
8829 " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n"
7082 " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n"
8830 " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n"
7083 " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n"
8831 " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n"
7084 " integrity of their crosslinks and indices.\n"
8832 " integrity of their crosslinks and indices.\n"
7085 " "
8833 " "
7086 msgstr ""
8834 msgstr ""
7087 "驗證 repository 的完整性\n"
7088 "\n"
7089 " Verify the integrity of the current repository.\n"
7090 "\n"
7091 " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n"
8835 " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n"
7092 " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n"
8836 " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n"
7093 " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n"
8837 " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n"
@@ -7477,9 +9221,7 b' msgstr ""'
7477 msgid "[-nibt] [-r REV] [SOURCE]"
9221 msgid "[-nibt] [-r REV] [SOURCE]"
7478 msgstr ""
9222 msgstr ""
7479
9223
7480 msgid ""
9224 msgid "directory strip option for patch. This has the same meaning as the corresponding patch option"
7481 "directory strip option for patch. This has the same meaning as the "
7482 "corresponding patch option"
7483 msgstr ""
9225 msgstr ""
7484
9226
7485 msgid "base path"
9227 msgid "base path"
@@ -7926,9 +9668,7 b' msgstr ""'
7926 msgid "Option --cwd may not be abbreviated!"
9668 msgid "Option --cwd may not be abbreviated!"
7927 msgstr ""
9669 msgstr ""
7928
9670
7929 msgid ""
9671 msgid "Option -R has to be separated from other options (e.g. not -qR) and --repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!"
7930 "Option -R has to be separated from other options (e.g. not -qR) and --"
7931 "repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!"
7932 msgstr ""
9672 msgstr ""
7933
9673
7934 #, python-format
9674 #, python-format
@@ -7946,9 +9686,7 b' msgstr ""'
7946 msgid "unrecognized profiling format '%s' - Ignored\n"
9686 msgid "unrecognized profiling format '%s' - Ignored\n"
7947 msgstr ""
9687 msgstr ""
7948
9688
7949 msgid ""
9689 msgid "lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/misc/lsprof/"
7950 "lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/"
7951 "misc/lsprof/"
7952 msgstr ""
9690 msgstr ""
7953
9691
7954 #, python-format
9692 #, python-format
@@ -8076,9 +9814,7 b' msgstr "\xe7\x9b\xae\xe7\x9a\x84\xe7\xab\xaf \'%s\' \xe5\xb7\xb2\xe5\xad\x98\xe5\x9c\xa8"'
8076 msgid "destination '%s' is not empty"
9814 msgid "destination '%s' is not empty"
8077 msgstr "目的端 '%s' 不是空的"
9815 msgstr "目的端 '%s' 不是空的"
8078
9816
8079 msgid ""
9817 msgid "src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone by revision"
8080 "src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone "
8081 "by revision"
8082 msgstr ""
9818 msgstr ""
8083
9819
8084 msgid "clone from remote to remote not supported"
9820 msgid "clone from remote to remote not supported"
@@ -8089,16 +9825,13 b' msgid "updating to branch %s\\n"'
8089 msgstr "正在新增 branch\n"
9825 msgstr "正在新增 branch\n"
8090
9826
8091 #, python-format
9827 #, python-format
8092 msgid ""
9828 msgid "%d files updated, %d files merged, %d files removed, %d files unresolved\n"
8093 "%d files updated, %d files merged, %d files removed, %d files unresolved\n"
8094 msgstr ""
9829 msgstr ""
8095
9830
8096 msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges\n"
9831 msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges\n"
8097 msgstr ""
9832 msgstr ""
8098
9833
8099 msgid ""
9834 msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg update -C' to abandon\n"
8100 "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg update -C' to "
8101 "abandon\n"
8102 msgstr ""
9835 msgstr ""
8103
9836
8104 msgid "(branch merge, don't forget to commit)\n"
9837 msgid "(branch merge, don't forget to commit)\n"
@@ -8366,9 +10099,7 b' msgstr ""'
8366 msgid "requesting all changes\n"
10099 msgid "requesting all changes\n"
8367 msgstr ""
10100 msgstr ""
8368
10101
8369 msgid ""
10102 msgid "Partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support changegroupsubset."
8370 "Partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support "
8371 "changegroupsubset."
8372 msgstr ""
10103 msgstr ""
8373
10104
8374 #, python-format
10105 #, python-format
@@ -8487,9 +10218,7 b' msgid "diff context lines count must be '
8487 msgstr ""
10218 msgstr ""
8488
10219
8489 #, python-format
10220 #, python-format
8490 msgid ""
10221 msgid "untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: '%s'"
8491 "untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: "
8492 "'%s'"
8493 msgstr ""
10222 msgstr ""
8494
10223
8495 #, python-format
10224 #, python-format
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now